[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2015191505A1 - Polydentate ligands and their complexes for molecular catalysis - Google Patents

Polydentate ligands and their complexes for molecular catalysis Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015191505A1
WO2015191505A1 PCT/US2015/034793 US2015034793W WO2015191505A1 WO 2015191505 A1 WO2015191505 A1 WO 2015191505A1 US 2015034793 W US2015034793 W US 2015034793W WO 2015191505 A1 WO2015191505 A1 WO 2015191505A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
ligand
optionally substituted
coordination complex
complex
formula
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/US2015/034793
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Pavel A. DUB
John Cameron GORDON
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Los Alamos National Security LLC
Original Assignee
Los Alamos National Security LLC
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Los Alamos National Security LLC filed Critical Los Alamos National Security LLC
Publication of WO2015191505A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015191505A1/en
Priority to US15/375,055 priority Critical patent/US10550139B2/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F15/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 8, 9, 10 or 18 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F15/02Iron compounds
    • C07F15/025Iron compounds without a metal-carbon linkage
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C323/00Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups
    • C07C323/23Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/24Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atoms of the thio groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/25Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atoms of the thio groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/04Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D295/12Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly or doubly bound nitrogen atoms
    • C07D295/125Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly or doubly bound nitrogen atoms with the ring nitrogen atoms and the substituent nitrogen atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings
    • C07D295/13Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly or doubly bound nitrogen atoms with the ring nitrogen atoms and the substituent nitrogen atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings to an acyclic saturated chain
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/06Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/14Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen
    • C07D333/20Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen by nitrogen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F1/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 1 or 11 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F1/08Copper compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F13/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 7 or 17 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F13/005Compounds without a metal-carbon linkage
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F15/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 8, 9, 10 or 18 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F15/0006Compounds containing elements of Groups 8, 9, 10 or 18 of the Periodic Table compounds of the platinum group
    • C07F15/0033Iridium compounds
    • C07F15/004Iridium compounds without a metal-carbon linkage
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F15/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 8, 9, 10 or 18 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F15/0006Compounds containing elements of Groups 8, 9, 10 or 18 of the Periodic Table compounds of the platinum group
    • C07F15/0046Ruthenium compounds
    • C07F15/0053Ruthenium compounds without a metal-carbon linkage
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F15/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 8, 9, 10 or 18 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F15/04Nickel compounds
    • C07F15/045Nickel compounds without a metal-carbon linkage
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F15/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 8, 9, 10 or 18 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F15/06Cobalt compounds
    • C07F15/065Cobalt compounds without a metal-carbon linkage
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/28Phosphorus compounds with one or more P—C bonds
    • C07F9/50Organo-phosphines
    • C07F9/5022Aromatic phosphines (P-C aromatic linkage)
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/28Phosphorus compounds with one or more P—C bonds
    • C07F9/50Organo-phosphines
    • C07F9/5027Polyphosphines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/28Phosphorus compounds with one or more P—C bonds
    • C07F9/50Organo-phosphines
    • C07F9/53Organo-phosphine oxides; Organo-phosphine thioxides
    • C07F9/5325Aromatic phosphine oxides or thioxides (P-C aromatic linkage)
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/28Phosphorus compounds with one or more P—C bonds
    • C07F9/50Organo-phosphines
    • C07F9/53Organo-phosphine oxides; Organo-phosphine thioxides
    • C07F9/5329Polyphosphine oxides or thioxides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/6553Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having sulfur atoms, with or without selenium or tellurium atoms, as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07F9/655345Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having sulfur atoms, with or without selenium or tellurium atoms, as the only ring hetero atoms the sulfur atom being part of a five-membered ring

Definitions

  • the present invention relates generally to polydentate ligands and transition metal complexes of these ligands, some of which are relevant to the area of so-called bifunctional metal-ligand M/NH cooperative molecular catalysis.
  • the catalysts can be used in a wide range of catalytic reactions, including hydrogenation and transfer hydrogenation of unsaturated organic compounds, dehydrogenation of alcohols and boranes, various combinations thereof
  • bifunctional metal-ligand (M/NH) cooperative molecular catalysis in which a non-innocent ligand is proposed to directly participate in substrate activation via an N-H group and/or an act of bond cleavage/formation via N-H proton transfer, respectively.
  • M/NH metal-ligand
  • the bifunctional molecular catalysis based on metal-ligand M/NH cooperation was originally developed for asymmetric hydrogenation and transfer hydrogenation of ketones and imines and is now applicable to variety of chemical transformations with a wide scope and high practicability. They include practical hydrogenation of carboxylic and carbonic acid derivatives, hydrogenation and electroreduction of C0 2 , various acceptorless
  • the present invention is directed to several new classes of ligands, transition metal complexes comprising these ligands, and methods of hydrogenating substrates using these complexes as precatalysts.
  • Some of these ligands show an insensitivity to air, the ability to easily vary structures based on cheap, readily available starting materials (i.e. fine-tuning of ligand conformational, steric and electronic properties) and use simple synthetic procedures and protocols consistent with the concept of green chemistry.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention include ligands having a structure of any one of Formula (I), Formula (II), Formula (III), or Formula (IV):
  • Ri and R 5 are independently at each occurrence optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted arylalkyl; R5 may also be independently optionally substituted alkoxy or optionally substituted aryloxy;
  • R 2 , R3, and R4 are independently at each occurrence H, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted arylalkyl; and
  • n 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
  • n 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
  • q is 1, 2, 3, or 4;
  • z is 0 or 1, provided that the ligand of Formula (I) is not:
  • Ri, R 2 , q, and z are as defined for the ligands of Formulae (I) to (IV);
  • n is independently 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5;
  • n is independently 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5;
  • z is independently 0 or 1 ;
  • R 7 and R 8 are independently H, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl, or optionally substituted arylalkyl, or together with the carbons to which they are bound form a 5-7 membered cyclic or heterocyclic ring, provided that only one of R 7 and Rs is H. Note that in the structures of Formulae (IX) and (X), when z is 0, the carbonyl group is replaced by a methylene group.
  • Ci_ 6 alkyl of R 2 comprise pendant phosphine or phosphine oxide moieties as described further herein.
  • Still other embodiments include those metal coordination complexes comprising any of the ligands described herein coordinated to at least one transition metal.
  • coordination complexes also described herein as precatalysts, include mononuclear and dinuclear metal complexes. Subset general and specific examples are recited as separate embodiments of this class of embodiments.
  • Further embodiments of the present invention include the use of the inventive catalysts in and methods of affecting the catalytic hydrogenation of unsaturated organic precursors, including the methods of affecting these transformations.
  • Additional embodiments include the use of the inventive catalysts especially, but not exclusively, the bifunctional catalysts in and methods of affecting the catalyses of dehydrogenation of alcohols and boranes, various dehydrogenative couplings, and catalytic stereoselective and achiral C-N and C-C bond-forming reactions, hydration of nitriles, aerobic oxidative transformation of alcohols into ketones and esters.
  • the active catalyst either is the coordination complex as- described or is derived in situ from the presence of the coordination complex under the reaction conditions. While the methods do not depend on the correctness or incorrectness of any suggested catalytic model, it is likely the complex affecting the transformation involves a combination of both of as-described and in sz ' tw-derived complexes.
  • the reaction conditions include the use of strong inorganic base, e.g., alkoxides, as a co-catalyst.
  • FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 show structures of several of the inventive ligands.
  • FIG. 3 A and FIG. 3B show generic structures of several of the inventive ruthenium catalysts.
  • FIG. 4 shows generic structures of several of the inventive iridium catalysts. The various terms are described in the specification.
  • FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 show specific structures prepared during the course of this work.
  • An asterisk (*) indicates that the structure has been determined by X-ray crystallography.
  • FIG. 7 shows selected X-Ray molecular structures for complexes C-2, F-l, D- 1 CH 2 C1 2 , Cu-4, Cu-5 and Cu-8-4MeCN-pentane (50% level of thermal ellipsoids). H-atoms (except NH and OH) are omitted for clarity.
  • FIG. 8 shows a potential mechanism for the conversion of iridium chloride catalysts to a proposed iridium dihydride intermediate generated under hydrogenation conditions.
  • the present invention is directed to several new classes of ligands, catalysts comprising these ligands, and methods of catalyzing a wide range of reactions using these catalysts.
  • compositions e.g., ligands and catalysts
  • processes of making and using said compositions That is, where the disclosure describes or claims a feature or embodiment associated with a composition or a method of making or using a
  • compositions it is appreciated that such a description or claim is intended to extend these features or embodiment to embodiments in each of these contexts (i.e., compositions, methods of making, and methods of using; e.g., features of ligands may be incorporated into the corresponding catalysts, and vice versa).
  • Embodiments described in terms of the phrase “comprising” also provide, as embodiments, those which are independently described in terms of “consisting of and “consisting essentially of.”
  • the basic and novel characteristic(s) of a process is the ability to provide efficient catalysts for the any of the catalytic reactions discussed herein, including reduction of organic substrates and carbon dioxide, oxidation (e.g., acceptorless dehydrogenation of secondary alcohols and aerobic oxidation with oxygen), borylative cyclization, and stereoselective catalytic C-N and C-C bond-forming reactions, catalytic hydration.
  • alkyl refers to a linear, branched, or cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group typically although not necessarily containing 1 to about 24 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, octyl, decyl, and the like, as well as cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the like.
  • lower alkyl intends an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms
  • cycloalkyl intends a cyclic alkyl group, typically having 3 to 8, preferably 5 to 7, carbon atoms.
  • substituted alkyl refers to alkyl groups substituted with one or more substituent groups. If not otherwise indicated, the terms “alkyl” and “lower alkyl” include linear, branched, cyclic, unsubstituted, and/or substituted alkyl and lower alkyl groups, respectively.
  • alkoxy intends an optionally substituted alkyl group bound through a single, terminal ether linkage; that is, an “alkoxy” group may be represented as - O-alkyl where alkyl is as defined above.
  • a "lower alkoxy” group intends an alkoxy group containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • aromatic refers to the ring moieties which satisfy the Hiickel 4n + 2 rule for aromaticity, and includes both aryl (i.e., carbocyclic) and heteroaryl (also called heteroaromatic) structures, including aryl (e.g., phenyl), aralkyl (e.g., benzyl), alkaryl (e.g., tolyl), heteroaryl (e.g., pyridinyl), heteroaralkyl (e.g., pyridinylmethylene), or alk-heteroaryl (e.g., methylpyridinyl) moieties, or oligomeric or polymeric analogs thereof.
  • aryl e.g., phenyl
  • aralkyl e.g., benzyl
  • alkaryl e.g., tolyl
  • heteroaryl e.g., pyridinyl
  • heteroaralkyl e.g., pyri
  • aryl refers to an optionally substituted aromatic substituent or structure containing a single aromatic ring or multiple aromatic rings that are fused together, directly linked, or indirectly linked (such that the different aromatic rings are bound to a common group such as a methylene or ethylene moiety). Unless otherwise modified, the term “aryl” refers to carbocyclic structures. Preferred aryl groups contain 5 to 24 carbon atoms, and particularly preferred aryl groups contain 6 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • aryl groups contain one aromatic ring or two fused or linked aromatic rings, e.g., phenyl, tolyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, diphenylether, diphenylamine, benzophenone, and the like.
  • “Substituted aryl” refers to an aryl moiety substituted with one or more substituent groups
  • heteroatom-containing aryl and “heteroaryl” refer to aryl substituents in which at least one carbon atom is replaced with a heteroatom, as will be described in further detail infra.
  • aryloxy refers to an optionally substituted aryl group bound through a single, terminal ether linkage, wherein “aryl” is as defined above.
  • An “aryloxy” group may be represented as -O-aryl where aryl is as defined above.
  • aralkyl or "arylalkyl” refer to an alkyl group with an optionally substituted aryl substituent, wherein “aryl” and “alkyl” are as defined above.
  • Preferred aralkyl groups contain 6 to 24 carbon atoms, and particularly preferred aralkyl groups contain 6 to 16 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of aralkyl groups include, without limitation, benzyl, 2-phenyl-ethyl, and the like.
  • acyl refers to substituents having the formula -(CO)-alkyl, -(CO)- aryl, or -(CO)-aralkyl
  • acyloxy refers to substituents having the formula -O(CO)- alkyl, -0(CO)-aryl, or -0(CO)-aralkyl, wherein "alkyl,” “aryl, and “aralkyl” are as defined above.
  • catalyst is intended to connote a compound, including a transition metal coordination complex, capable of catalyzing a synthetic reaction, as would be readily understood by a person of ordinary skill in the art.
  • the term is used in the present context of coordination complexes for clarity and convenience only, and is not intended to limit the scope of such complexes to this purpose.
  • coordination complex and catalyst may be used interchangeably, and the person of ordinary skill would be able to understand as such in the context of the description.
  • the term “bifunctional M/NH catalyst” refers to a transition metal complex bearing at least one NH functionality. It is not intended to limit, in any way, the number or types of catalytic reactions to which the catalyst may be effectly applied.
  • cyclic and ring refer to alicyclic or aromatic groups that may or may not be substituted and/or heteroatom-containing, and that may be monocyclic, bicyclic, or polycyclic.
  • alicyclic is used in the conventional sense to refer to an aliphatic cyclic moiety, as opposed to an aromatic cyclic moiety, and may be monocyclic, bicyclic, or polycyclic.
  • acyclic refers to a structure in which the double bond is not contained within a ring structure.
  • halo halide
  • halogen halogen
  • substrate or "organic substrate” are intended to connote both discrete small molecules (sometimes described as “organic compounds”) and oligomers and polymers containing the named functional group or unsaturated bond.
  • ligand is intended to connote a compound capable of coordinating to a metal atom or ion, including transition metal, or a compound which is actually coordinated to such a metal, including transition metal, atom or ion.
  • the term is used in the present context for clarity and convenience only, and is not intended to limit the scope of such compounds to this purpose.
  • reference to compounds and ligands are used interchangeably, and the person of ordinary skill would be able to understand as such in the context of the description.
  • this structure or formula includes any corresponding salt. In the case of amines, this includes amines quaternized, for example, by alkyl or benzyl halides or protic acids.
  • substituted as in “substituted alkyl,” “substituted aryl,” and the like, as alluded to in some of the aforementioned definitions, is meant that in the alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or other moiety, at least one hydrogen atom bound to a carbon (or other) atom is replaced with one or more non-hydrogen substituents.
  • substituents include, without limitation, functional groups such as halo (e.g., F, CI, Br, I), hydroxyl, C 1 -C24 alkyl (including C3-8 cycloalkyl), C1-C24 alkoxy, C5-C24 aryl, C5-C24 aryloxy, acyl (including C1-C24
  • alkyl alkylene
  • alkenyl alkenylene
  • alkynyl alkynylene
  • alkoxy aromatic
  • aryl aryloxy
  • alkaryl and “aralkyl” moieties
  • Ligands [0047] Certain specific embodiments of ligands include those having a structure of Formula (I), Formula (II), Formula (III), or Formula (IV):
  • Ri and R 5 are independently at each occurrence optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted arylalkyl; R 5 may also be independently optionally substituted alkoxy or optionally substituted aryloxy;
  • R 2 , R3, and R4 are independently at each occurrence H, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted C3-6 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted arylalkyl; and
  • n 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
  • n 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
  • q is 1, 2, 3, or 4;
  • R 2 is not H.
  • any compound (ligand or coordination complex / catalyst) known at the time of the invention is to be considered a separate exclusion to the more general descriptions provided here.
  • the coordination complex / catalyst may still be considered within the scope of the invention.
  • these various described compounds, genera, or subgenera may be excluded from the scope of this invention as ligands or discrete compounds, those catalysts, including those of ruthenium and iridium, which comprise these ligands may still be within the scope of the invention. That is, in certain separate embodiments, the descriptions of catalysts include and exclude the specific genera, subgenera, or complexes comprising these ligand compounds. Both are are considered within the scope of the invention.
  • Ci_ 6 alkyl at least with respect to R 2 , includes the substitutents:
  • n is 1, 2, or 3 (preferably 2)
  • z is 0 or 1
  • Ri are phenyl.
  • inventive ligands include those having a structure of Formula (V), Formula (VI), Formula (VII), Formula (VIII), Formula (IX), Formula (X):
  • Ri, R 2 , n, and z are as defined as for the compounds of Formulae (I) to (IV) (note that in the structures of Formulae (IX) and (X), when z is 0, the carbonyl group is replaced by a methylene);
  • R 7 and R 8 are independently H, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl, or optionally substituted arylalkyl, or together with the carbons to which they are bound form a 5-7 membered cyclic or 5-7 membered heterocyclic ring, provided that only one of R 7 and Rg is H.
  • Such heterocyclic rings include those comprising 1 or 2 independent O or N ring atoms.
  • Such exemplary structures include those wherein R 7 and R 8 , together with the carbons to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, [l,4]dioxanyl, or [l,3]dioxolanyl ring.
  • Such embodiments include structures such as:
  • each Ri is independently phenyl, benzyl, methyl, tert-butyl. See also FIG. 2.
  • Further independent embodiments include those ligands of Formulae (I) to (X), in which Ri is independently methyl, phenyl, or benzyl.
  • Still further independent embodiments include those ligands of Formulae (I) to (X), in which each R 2 is independently H, benzyl, methyl, naphthyl, phenyl, propyl,
  • each R 3 is independently methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert- butyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, benzyl (- Bn), or phenyl (-Ph), or any subset thereof (e.g., H, methyl, phenyl, or benzyl; or H or methyl).
  • the ligands of Formulae (I) to (X) may also independently comprise
  • R 5 is independently lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, or phenyl.
  • E is diarylphosphine or diarylphosphine oxide, dialkylphosphine or dialkylphosphine oxide, alkylarylphosphine or alkylarylphosphine oxide, diarylphosphite or diarylphosphate, dialkylphosphite or
  • dialkylphosphate or alkylarylphosphite or alkylarylphosphate.
  • m and n have been described in terms of 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, or any subset thereof.
  • m is 1 and n is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, or a subset thereof.
  • Other embodiments of Formulae (I) to (X) provide that n is 1 and m is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, or a subset thereof.
  • m and n may be independently 2, 3, 4, or 5, or any subset thereof, as applied to any of the compounds of Formulae (I) to (X).
  • the ligands have a structure:
  • the ligands have a structure:
  • R 2 is H or methyl
  • the ligands of Formulae (I) to (XII) may be described in terms of their heteroatom functionality as NNS-type, P(0)NS-type, PNS- type, SNNS-type, SNNP(0)-type, or SNNP-type ligands, depending on the specific nature of E
  • the present invention is also directed to the coordination complexes or catalysts which comprise at least one of the inventive ligands.
  • coordination complex and catalyst may be used interchangeably and are intended to refer to the organometallic entity. While the complexes are useful as catalysts, the use of the term catalyst should not be interpreted to limit the scope of the complexes to this purpose
  • Some of these catalysts comprise catalysts having at least one ligand of Formulae (I) to (X), including NNS-type, P(0)NS-type, PNS-type, SNNS-type, SNNP(0)-type, or SNNP- type ligands, or any described permutations thereof, coordinated to at least one transition metal.
  • such catalysts may be formed by reacting a suitable transition metal precursor with at least one of the ligands described herein. In many cases, this involves the reaction of the corresponding metal chloride or metal olefin complex with the appropriate ligand. While the ligands have been described in terms of certain exclusions, for example, excluding:
  • the catalysts are not necessarily so limited, and in separate embodiments, the catalysts may be free of any individual or combination of excluded ligands or include and or all such ligands or ligand embodiments described herein.
  • transition metal includes any metal of Group 4 to Group 12, including the lanthanides and actinides, preferably one of the Group 6 to Group 11 transition metals.
  • Such transition metals include, but are not limited to Ti, V, Zr, Hf, Cr, Mo, W, Mn, Re, Fe, Ru, Os, Co, Rh, Ir, La, Ni, Pd, Pt, Cu, Ag, Au, Zn, and Sm, preferably Cr, Co, Cu, Fe, Mn, Mo, Ni, Os, Pd, Rh, Sm, or W, or any subset combination thereof.
  • the catalysts comprise Fe, Ru, Os, Co, Rh, or Ir, or any subset combination thereof. See also FIG. 6. In other specific embodiments, the catalysts comprise ruthenium or iridium.
  • the catalysts may be described more specifically in terms of their stoichiometries.
  • the ratio of the ligand to transition metal is usually 1 to 1.
  • the catalysts may contain one, two, or more transition metals per molecular entity.
  • the ligands may bridge multiple transition metal centers, or may be monodentate, bidentate, tridentate, or tetradentate with respect to any individual transition metal center.
  • ligands including formally anionic ligands, neutral ligands, or cationic ligands, may be coordinated to the transition metal.
  • exemplary anionic ligands include optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted alkoxy (e.g., methoxy or benzyloxy), optionally substituted aryloxy (e.g., phenoxy), optionally fluorinated carboxylato (e.g., mono-, di-, or trifluoroacetic acid), halo (including fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo), hydrido, hydroxy, NO, OTf (triflate), OTs (tosylate), phosphate, or BH 4 .
  • At least one of the formally anionic ligands is chloro.
  • Exemplary neutral ligands include C, N, O, P, or S-bonded ligands, such as are known in the art for such transition metal complexes.
  • Such ligands include alkyl or aryl nitriles, alkyl, aryl, or unsubstituted primary, secondary, or tertiary amines, carbonyl, alkyl or aryl ethers (including cyclic ethers, such as tetrahydrofuran), olefins, phosphines, phosphine oxides, phosphites, or alkyl or aryl sulfoxide or other solvent molecules (including lower alcohols and water).
  • Phosphines, phosphine oxides, and phosphites can comprise optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted arylalkyl moieties, again as are known in the art.
  • the catalysts may comprise ruthenium having an empirical formula Ru(NNS)XiX 2 L, Ru[P(0)NS]XiX 2 L, Ru(PNS)XiX 2 L, Ru(SNNS)XiX 2 L, Ru[SNNP(0)]XiX 2 L, or Ru(SNNP)XiX 2 L wherein
  • NNS, P(0)NS, PNS, SNNS, SNNP(O), or SNNP is a NNS-type, P(0)NS-type, PNS- type, SNNS-type, SNNP(0)-type, or SNNP-type, respectively;
  • Xi and X 2 are independently formally anionic ligands
  • L is absent or a neutral ligand.
  • L may be absent, for example, when the coordination sphere of the Ru is satisfied without the need for another neutral ligand.
  • the catalysts comprise ruthenium having an empirical formula Ru(NNS)XiX 2 L, wherein NNS, X ls X 2 , and L are as described herein.
  • the catalyst may be independently mononuclear or dinuclear with respect to the ruthenium.
  • R l s R 2 , R3, Xi, X 2 , m, n, z, and E are defined in terms of any of the definitions for these terms provided herein. See also FIG. 3A and 5.
  • Xi and X 2 are independently halo (especially CI), H, OTf, BH 4 ,
  • n and n are independently 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5, or a subset thereof;
  • z is independently 0 or 1 ;
  • Ri is alkyl, aryl, or arylalkyl (e.g., methyl, phenyl, and benzyl);
  • R 2 is H, alkyl, aryl, or arylalkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, 1 -butyl, 2-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, benzyl, or phenyl); and
  • R 3 is alkyl, aryl, or arylalkyl (for methyl (-CH 3 ), cyclohexyl (-Cy), benzyl (-Bn, -CH 2 Ph), phenyl (-Ph) or napthyl).
  • non-limiting embodiments include those where the structures of the inventive ruthenium complexes may be represented as:
  • Additional specific embodiments include those compounds of Structures (J), (K), or (L) wherein:
  • n and n are independently 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 or a subset thereof;
  • Ri is alkyl, aryl, or arylalkyl( e.g., methyl, phenyl, and benzyl);
  • P 2 is H, alkyl, aryl, or arylalkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, 1 -butyl, 2-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, benzyl, or phenyl);
  • E is
  • each R 3 is independently methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, 1 -butyl, 2-butyl, isobutyl, tert- butyl, benzyl (-Bn), and phenyl (-Ph), and
  • q is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • Exemplary related structures are shown in FIGs. 3A, 3B, and 5.
  • the catalysts may comprise iridium having an empirical formula Ir(NNS)XiL, Ir[P(0)NS]XiL, Ir(PNS)XiL, Ir(SNNS)XiL, Ir[SNNP(0)]XiL, or
  • NNS, P(0)NS, PNS, SNNS, SNNP(O), or SNNP is a NNS-type, P(0)NS-type, PNS- type, SNNS-type, SNNP(0)-type, or SNNP-type, respectively;
  • Xi is a formally anionic ligand
  • L is a neutral ligand
  • the catalysts comprise iridium having an empirical formula Ir(NNS)X 1 L, wherein NNS, Xi, X 2 , and L are as described herein.
  • R 2 , Xi, m, n, and E are defined in terms of any of the definitions for these terms provided herein.
  • Such structures include, for example:
  • ortho-metallated complexes may be seen as tautomer of the un-metallated complex, and isomer includes geometric isomers, for example, having ligands positioned differently than shown.
  • Xi is halo (e.g., chloro), optionally fluorinated carboxylato (including trifluoroacetato), H, OTf, or BH 4 ,;
  • P 2 is H, alkyl, arylalkyl, or aryl;
  • each P 3 is independently methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, 1 -butyl, 2-butyl, isobutyl, tert- butyl, benzyl (-Bn), or phenyl (-Ph); and
  • q 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • some embodiments include those where L is an olefin or a cycloolefm, for example cyclooctene.
  • the transition metal coordination complex may be capable of oxidatively adding H 2 , dihalogen (e.g., Cl 2 , Br 2 , 1 2 ), carboxylate acid (e.g., acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, or benzoic acid), hydrogen halide (e.g., HC1, HBr, or HI), alkyl or benzyl halide (e.g., Mel), and dioxygen, as such reactions are known in the art, and the resulting oxidative adducts are considered within the scope of the present invention.
  • dihalogen e.g., Cl 2 , Br 2 , 1 2
  • carboxylate acid e.g., acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, or benzoic acid
  • hydrogen halide e.g., HC1, HBr, or HI
  • alkyl or benzyl halide e.g., Mel
  • the present invention is also directed to the use of these coordination complexes or catalysts for the hydrogenation of certain substrates, and the methods of affecting these transformations.
  • These hydrogenations may use dihydrogen or formic acid as the source of the hydrogen in these transformations, and the catalyst may be present in the corresponding reaction mixture either as delivered to the reaction or as derived in situ from the presence of catalyst complex under the reaction conditions.
  • the methods comprise reacting an organic substrate having an unsaturated bond with a source of hydrogen (e.g., dihydrogen, a secondary alcohol, formic acid, or a combination thereof) in the presence of one of the inventive catalysts, under reaction conditions sufficient to hydrogenate the unsaturated bond.
  • a source of hydrogen e.g., dihydrogen, a secondary alcohol, formic acid, or a combination thereof
  • Organic carbonyl or imine double bonds are particularly attractive substrates for these catalysts.
  • the unsaturated bonds may be functionalized or non-functionalized, conjugated or non-conjugated.
  • the catalysts independently catalyze the hydrogenation of ketones and imines, and in the case of those catalysts containing chiral ligands may provide for asymmetric ketone hydrogenation and stereoselective catalytic C-N and C-C bond-forming reactions (e.g, aziridination of alkenes).
  • catalysts provide for the asymmetric transfer hydrogenation of ketones and imines, asymmetric hydrogenation of polar functionalities, asymmetric Michael reaction of 1,3- dicarbonyl compounds with cyclic enones and nitroalkenes, aerobic oxidative kinetic resolution of racemic secondary alcohols and asymmetric hydration of nitriles.
  • Such other catalysts may also be useful for C0 2 , carbonates, ester hydrogenation, and various acceptorless
  • these catalysts may act as precatalysts in C0 2 hydrogenation and electroreduction, ester hydrogenation, ketone transfer hydrogenations, the so lvo lysis of ammonia borane, and the amination of aliphatic alcohols.
  • the methods comprise reacting carbon dioxide, either as carbon dioxide or as a hydration or alcoholic product thereof (e.g., a carbonate) with a source of hydrogen (typically dihydrogen) in the presence of one of the inventive catalysts, under reaction conditions sufficient to hydrogenate the unsaturated bond.
  • a source of hydrogen typically dihydrogen
  • Exemplary operable temperature ranges including those ranges from about 10°C to about 15°C, from about 15°C to about 20°C, from about 20°C to about 25°C, from about 25°C to about 30°C, from about 30°C to about 35°C, from about 35°C to about 40°C, from about 40°C to about 45°C, from about 45°C to about 50°C, from about 50°C to about 55°C, from about 55°C to about 60°C, from about 60°C to about 65°C, from about 65°C to about 70°C, from about 70°C to about 75°C, from about 75°C to about 80°C, from about 80°C to about 85°C, from about 85°C to about 90°C, from about 90°C to about 95°C, from about 95°C to about 100°C, from about 100°C to about 120°C, from about 120°C to about 140°C, from about 140°C to about 160°C, from about 160°C to about 180°C, from
  • Exemplary pressure ranges include those ranges from about 1 bar to about 2 bar, from about 2 bar to about 3 bar, from about 3 bar to about 4 bar, from about 4 bar to about 5 bar, from about 5 bar to about 10 bar, from about 10 bar to about 15 bar, from about 15 bar to about 20 bar, from about 20 bar to about 25 bar, from about 25 bar to about 30 bar, from about 30 bar to about 40 bar, from about 40 bar to about 50 bar, or any combination of these ranges, for example, from about 2 bar to about 50 bar, or from about 5 bar to about 25 bar, where "bar" refers to absolute pressure.
  • these conditions provide sufficient dissolution of hydrogen in most solvents to provide a reaction mixture having convenient turnover rates.
  • a basic co-catalyst appears to be useful in imparting catalytic activity, especially with the bifunctional complexes. Good success has been achieved using alkoxide bases, for example sodium methoxide, though it is envisioned that other alkali metal or alkaline earth metal alkoxides (e.g., including specifically isopropoxides or tert-butoxides) will work as well.
  • alkoxide bases for example sodium methoxide
  • alkali metal or alkaline earth metal alkoxides e.g., including specifically isopropoxides or tert-butoxides
  • the alkoxide activates the transition metal catalyst by displacing other anionic ligands. (see, e.g., FIG. 8).
  • the catalysts appear to be usefully active, especially those based on ruthenium and iridium, and good success has been achieved under these conditions where the substrate to catalyst ratio is in a range of from about 1000:1 to about 50,000: 1, though the invention is not necessarily limited to these conditions.
  • the following listing of embodiments is intended to complement, rather than displace or supersede, the previous descriptions.
  • Embodiment 1 A ligand having a structure of Formula (I), Formula (II), Formula (III), or Formula (IV):
  • Ri and R 5 are independently at each occurrence optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, C 3 _ 6 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted arylalkyl; R5 may also be independently optionally substituted alkoxy or optionally substituted aryloxy;
  • R 2 , R 3 , and R4 are independently at each occurrence H, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, C 3 _6 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted arylalkyl; and
  • n 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5;
  • n 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5;
  • q is 1 , 2, 3, or 4;
  • R 2 is not H.
  • the one or more of the following compounds may be individually or collectively, in any subset permutation, excluded from the genus of Formula (I):
  • the compounds of Formula (I), where m is independently 1 or 2, n is independently 1 or 2, and Ri is independently phenyl or methyl are excluded from the scope of the present invention.
  • E is independently not phenyl or not methyl.
  • Ri is independently methyl or phenyl
  • E is independently morpholinyl, piperazinyl, and pyrrolidinyl, or dimethylamino in the compounds of Formula (I), then R 2 is not H.
  • Still other aspects of this Embodiment include the salts of these compounds.
  • Ri, R 2 , R 5 , n, and z are as defined in claim 1;
  • R 7 and R 8 are independently H, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl, or optionally substituted arylalkyl, or together with the carbons to which they are bound form a 5-7 membered cyclic or heterocyclic ring, provided that only one of R 7 and Rs is H,
  • Embodiment 3 The ligand of Embodiment 2, wherein R 7 and Rs, together with the carbons to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, [l,4]dioxanyl, or [l,3]dioxolanyl ring.
  • Embodiment 4 The ligand of any one of Embodiments 1 to 3, wherein Ri is methyl, phenyl, or benzyl.
  • Embodiment 5 The ligand of any one of Embodiments 1 to 4, wherein R 2 is H, methyl, phenyl, or benzyl.
  • Embodiment 6 The ligand of any one of Embodiments 1 to 5, wherein R 2 is H.
  • Embodiment 7 The ligand of any one of Embodiments 1 to 5, wherein R 2 is not H. In certain aspects of this Embodiment, R 2 is methyl.
  • Embodiment 8 The ligand of any one of Embodiments 1 to 7, wherein R 3 is independently methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, 1 -butyl, 2-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, benzyl (- Bn), or phenyl (-Ph).
  • Embodiment 9 The ligand of any one of Embodiments 1 to 8, where R 5 is optionally substituted phenyl. In certain aspects of this Embodiment, R 5 is unsubstituted phenyl.
  • Embodiment 10 The ligand of any one of Embodiments 1 to 9, wherein E is oxadolidinyl, morpholinyl, imidazolidinyl, N-methyl-imidazolidinyl, piperazinyl, N-methyl- piperazinyl, aziridinyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, dimethylamino, diethylamino, ethylmethylamino, diarylphosphme or diarylphosphme oxide, dialkylphosphine or dialkylphosphine oxide, alkylarylphosphine or alkylarylphosphine oxide, diarylphosphite or diarylphosphate, dialkylphosphite or dialkylphosphate, or alkylarylphosphite or alkylarylphosphate.
  • E is oxadolidinyl, morpholinyl, imidazolidinyl
  • Embodiment 11 The ligand of any one of Embodiments 1 to 10, wherein m and n are 1.
  • Embodiment 12 The ligand of Embodiment 11, wherein Ri is methyl or benzyl.
  • Embodiment 13 The ligand of any one of Embodiments 1 to 10 or 12, wherein m is 2, 3, 4, or 5 and n is 1.
  • Embodiment 14 The ligand of any one of Embodiments 1 to 10, wherein m and n are independently 2, 3, 4, or 5.
  • Embodiment 15 The ligand of Embodiment 1 or any one of Embodiments 4 to 10, as applied to claim 1, having a structure of Formula (IV).
  • Embodiment 16 The ligand of Embodiment 1 or 15, or any one of Embodiments 4 to 10, as applied to claim 1, having a structure of Formula (IV), wherein n is 2.
  • Embodiment 17 The ligand of Embodiment 1 having a structure of:
  • Embodiment 2 having a structure of:
  • Embodiment 18 A coordination complex comprising a ligand coordinated to at least one transition metal, wherein the ligand is at least one compound of Formulae (I) to (IV) of Embodiment 1 or any one of Embodiments 4 to 17, as applied to Embodiment 1.
  • Embodiment 19 A coordination complex comprising a ligand coordinated to at least one transition metal, wherein the ligand is at least one compound of Formulae (V) to (X) of Embodiment 2, or any one of Embodiments 3 to 17, as applied to Embodiment 2.
  • Embodiment 20 The coordination complex of Embodiment 18 or 19, wherein the transition metal comprises at least one of the Group 4 to Group 12 transition metals, preferably one of the Group 6 to Group 11 transition metals]
  • Embodiment 21 The coordination complex of Embodiment 18 or 19, wherein the transition metal comprises at least one of the Ti, V, Zr, Hf, Cr, Mo, W, Mn, Re, Fe, Ru, Os, Co, Rh, Ir, La, Ni, Pd, Pt, Cu, Ag, Au, or Zn, preferably Cr, Co, Cu, Fe, Mn, Mo, Ni, Os, Pd, Rh, Sm, or W.
  • Embodiment 22 The coordination complex of Embodiment 18 or 19, wherein the transition metal is ruthenium or iridium.
  • Embodiment 23 The coordination complex of Embodiment 22, wherein the transition metal is ruthenium, the complex having an empirical formula Ru(NNS)XiX 2 L, Ru[P(0)NS]XiX 2 L, Ru(PNS)XiX 2 L, Ru(SNNS)XiX 2 L, Ru[SNNP(0)]XiX 2 L, or
  • NNS, P(0)NS, PNS, SNNS, SNNP(O), or SNNP is a NNS-type, P(0)NS-type, PNS-type, SNNS-type, SNNP(0)-type, or SNNP-type, respectively;
  • Xi and X 2 are independently formally anionic ligands; and L is absent or a neutral ligand.
  • the complex has an empirical formula of Ru(NNS)XiX 2 L.
  • Embodiment 24 The coordination complex of Embodiment 22, wherein the transition metal is iridium, the complex having an empirical formula Ir(NNS)X 1 L,
  • NNS, P(0)NS, PNS, SNNS, SNNP(O), or SNNP is a NNS-type, P(0)NS-type, PNS-type, SNNS-type, SNNP(0)-type, or SNNP-type, respectively;
  • Xi is a formally anionic ligand
  • the complex has an empirical formula of Ir(NNS)XiL.
  • Embodiment 25 The coordination complex of Embodiment 23 or 24, wherein Xi and X 2 are independently optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted aryloxy, optionally fluorinated carboxylato, halo
  • Xi and X 2 are independently alkoxy, fluorinated carboxylato, halo, hydrido, NO, OTf (triflate), OTs (tosylate) or BH 4 .
  • Embodiment 26 The coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 23 to 25, wherein at least one of Xi and X 2 is chloro.
  • Embodiment 27 The coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 23 to 26, wherein L is absent or a[n alkyl or aryl] nitrile, an [alkyl or aryl] amine, carbonyl, an [alkyl or aryl] ether, a[n alkyl or aryl] phosphine, a[n alkyl or aryl] phosphine oxide, a[n alkyl or aryl] phosphite, a[n alkyl or aryl] phosphate or a[n alkyl or aryl] sulfoxide.
  • L is absent or a[n alkyl or aryl] nitrile, an [alkyl or aryl] amine, carbonyl, an [alkyl or aryl] ether, a[n alkyl or aryl] phosphine, a[n alkyl or aryl] phosphine oxide, a
  • Embodiment 29 The coordination complex of Embodiment 22 or any one of
  • Embodiment 30 The coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 24 to 26, wherein L is an olefin.
  • Embodiment 31 The coordination complex of Embodiment 30, wherein L is cyclooctene.
  • Embodiment 32 An oxidative addition product of the coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 23 to 29.
  • Embodiment 33 The oxidative addition product of Embodiment 32, derived from the addition of H 2 , dihalogen, hydrogen carboxylate, hydrogen halide, alkyl halide to a corresponding precursor coordination complex.
  • the oxidative addition product is derived from the addition of HCl, HBr, HI, Cl 2 , Br 2 , 1 2 , Mel, acetic acid, benzoic acid, and trifluoroacetic acid.
  • Embodiment 34 The coordination complex of Embodiment 18 or 19,
  • FIG. 3 A, FIG. 3B, or FIGs. 4-8 characterized as having a structure of any one of the compounds of FIG. 3 A, FIG. 3B, or FIGs. 4-8, or an isomer or tautomer thereof.
  • Embodiment 37 The method of Embodiment 35 or 36, wherein the unsaturated bond is a carbonyl or imine double bond.
  • Embodiment 39 A method comprising reacting carbon dioxide substrate with dihydrogen in the presence of a catalyst, the catalyst comprising a coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 18 to 34 or derived in situ from the presence of coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 18 to 34, under reaction conditions sufficient to reduce the carbon dioxide by the addition of dihydrogen thereto.
  • Embodiment 40 The method of any one of Embodiments 35 to 39, wherein the conditions sufficient to reduce the carbon dioxide or the unsaturated bond comprise reacting the substrate, the catalyst, and the dihydrogen in the presence of a solvent and a strong base.
  • Embodiment 41 The method of Embodiment 40, wherein the strong base is an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal alkoxide, preferably a methoxide, isopropoxide, or tert- butoxide.
  • the strong base is an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal alkoxide, preferably a methoxide, isopropoxide, or tert- butoxide.
  • Embodiment 42 A method comprising reacting a primary or secondary alcohol (including but not limited to methanol, ethanol, propanol, or isopropanol) in the presence of a catalyst under reaction conditions sufficient to dehydrogenate the primary or secondary alcohol, the catalyst comprising a coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 18 to 34 or derived in situ from the presence of coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 18 to 34 under the reaction conditions.
  • a primary or secondary alcohol including but not limited to methanol, ethanol, propanol, or isopropanol
  • Embodiment 43 A method comprising reacting a primary or secondary alcohol (including but not limited to methanol, ethanol, propanol, or isopropanol) in the presence of a catalyst under reaction conditions sufficient to dehydrogenate the primary or secondary alcohol, the catalyst comprising a coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 18 to 34 or derived in situ from the presence of coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 18 to 34 under the reaction conditions.
  • a primary or secondary alcohol including but not limited to methanol, ethanol, propanol, or isopropanol
  • Embodiment 44 A method comprising reacting an alkene substrate and appropriate reactant (as is known in the art), in the presence of a catalyst, under reaction conditions sufficient to form a cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl) or aziridine moiety, the catalyst comprising a coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 18 to 34 or derived in situ from the presence of coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 18 to 34 under the reaction conditions.
  • a cycloalkyl e.g., cyclopropyl
  • the catalyst comprising a coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 18 to 34 or derived in situ from the presence of coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 18 to 34 under the reaction conditions.
  • Embodiment 45 A method comprising reacting a nitrile, a borane, or an aliphatic alcohol, in the presence of a catalyst, under reaction conditions sufficient to hydrate the nitrile, solvate the borane, or aminate the alcohol, respectively, the catalyst comprising a coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 18 to 34 or derived in situ from the presence of
  • Example 1 Materials and Methods.
  • Phosphorus tribromide (99%, CAS Number 7789-60-8), 2-(phenylthio)ethanol (99%, CAS Number 699-12-7), 2-(methylthio)ethanol (99%, CAS Number 5271-38-5), ethylene sulfide (98%, CAS Number 420-12-2), trimethylene sulfide (>96.0%, CAS Number 287-27-4), 2-(4-morpholinyl)ethanamine (99%, CAS Number 2038-03-1), 3-morpholinopropylamine (CAS Number 123-00-2), l-(2-aminoethyl)pyrrolidine (98%, CAS Number 7154-73-6), l-(2- aminoethyl)piperazine (99%, CAS Number 140-31-8), 2-chloroethyl methyl sulfide (97%, CAS Number 542-81-4), 2-thiophenecarbaldehyde (98%, CAS Number 98-03-3), (lR,2R)-(-(-(
  • Ts-DENEB T3078, TCI
  • (i?)-RUCY-XylBINAP R0139, TCI
  • Abdur-Rashid's Ir-PNP min 98%, 77-0500 Strem
  • Elemental Analyses were performed by Midwest Microlab, LLC (Indianapolis, IN 46250) under air or under inert atmosphere of nitrogen or argon. All NMR experiments were carried out using a Bruker AV400 MHz spectrometer. 1H and ⁇ C ⁇ FI ⁇ NMR spectra were calibrated by using the residual deuterated solvent signal relative to TMS in ppm ( ⁇ ). 19 F NMR spectra were measured without lock but properly shimmed in methanol and calibrated relative to 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol (product C), with ⁇ set at -77.0 ppm. Magnetic susceptibility
  • Chart 1 illustrates the NNS-type ligands of the general formula
  • Ligands la, lb, lc, Id, le, 2a, 3a, 4a, 4b, and 5a were synthesized according to Scheme 1. The reactions were performed in air inside a fume hood. These ligands are colorless or yellow liquids and were characterized via elemental analysis, 1H and 13 C ⁇ 1 H ⁇ NMR spectroscopy.
  • Example 2.2 Synthesis of ligand lb (3-morpholino- V-(2- (phenylthio)ethyl)propan-l-amine).
  • a solution of 3-morpholinopropylamine (14.6 ml, 0.1 mol) in acetonitrile (200 mL) was prepared.
  • 2-bromoethyl phenyl sulfide (15.1 ml, 0.1 mol) was added to the solution with stirring, followed by anhydrous potassium carbonate (38.9 g, 0.28 mol) also with stirring.
  • the resulting suspension was refluxed for 16 hours, cooled to room temperature, and filtered.
  • Ligand lb was obtained by fractional vacuum distillation on a simple distillation kit containing two theoretical plates. The first collected fraction that boiled at 41 - 46°C corresponds to residual 3-morpholinopropylamine (recovery ⁇ 2.8 ml, transparent liquid).
  • the second collected fraction that boiled at 141 - 156°C corresponds to ligand lb (isolated yield: 15.98 g (57%, based on 2-bromoethyl phenyl sulfide) as a clear almost transparent (slightly yellowish) oil. Elem. Anal: Calc'd for Ci 5 H 2 4N 2 OS (280.43): C, 64.25; H, 8.63; N, 9.99%; Found: C, 64.13; H, 8.88; N, 9.99%.
  • Example 2.3 Synthesis of ligand lc (2-(phenylthio)- V-(2-(pyrrolidin-l- yl)ethyl)ethylamine).
  • a solution of l-(2-aminoethyl)pyrrolidine (4.57 g, 0.04 mol) in acetonitrile (80 mL) was prepared.
  • 2-bromoethyl phenyl sulfide (8.70 g, 0.04 mol) was added to the solution, followed by anhydrous potassium carbonate (15.20 g, 0.11 mol), with stirring.
  • Ligand lc was obtained by fractional vacuum distillation on a simple distillation kit containing two theoretical plates. The first collected fraction boiled at 26 - 28°C and corresponds to residual l-(2- aminoethyl)pyrrolidine (recovery approximately 1 ml). The second collected fraction boiled at 130 - 142 °C and corresponds to ligand lc.
  • Example 2.4 Synthesis of ligand Id ( V , V -dimethyl- V 2 -(2- (phenylthio)ethyl)ethane-l,2-diamine).
  • N,N-dimethylethylenediamine (10.9 ml, 0.1 mol) in acetonitrile (200 mL) were added successively 2-bromoethyl phenyl sulfide (15.08 ml, 0.1 mol) and anhydrous potassium carbonate (38.9 g, 0.28 mol) with stirring.
  • the resulting suspension was refluxed for 16 h, cooled to room temperature, filtered (the filter was washed with acetonitrile 2 x 15 ml) and the solvent was removed by evaporation on rotavap to afford 18.54 g of the viscous yellowish oil (60 °C, 1 h).
  • the desired product was obtained by fractional vacuum distillation on a simple distillation kit containing two theoretical plates. The first collected fraction that boiled at 30 - 33 °C corresponds to N,N-dimethylethylenediamine (recovery ⁇ 2.9 ml). The second collected fraction that boiled at 90 - 1 10 °C corresponds to the desired product.
  • Example 2.5 Synthesis of ligand le (2-(phenylthio)- V-(2-(piperazin-l- yl)ethyl)ethanamine).
  • a solution of l-(2-aminoethyl)piperazine (13.1 ml, 0.1 mol) in acetonitrile (200 mL) was prepared.
  • 2-bromoethyl phenyl sulfide (15.1 ml, 0.1 mol) was added to the solution, followed by anhydrous potassium carbonate (38.9 g, 0.28 mol), with stirring.
  • the resulting suspension was refluxed for 16 h, cooled to room temperature, and filtered.
  • the residue on the filter was washed with acetonitrile, 2 x 15 ml, and the solvent was removed by
  • the second collected fraction boiled at 152 - 173°C and corresponds to a mixture of 2-(4-(2- (phenylthio)ethyl)piperazin- 1 -yl)ethanamine and 2-(phenylthio)-N-(2-(piperazin- 1 - yl)ethyl)ethanamine in a 1 :0.27 ratio (8.36 g, yellow oil) according to 1H NMR Analysis. No further purification was performed.
  • Example 2.6 Synthesis of ligand 2a (2-(methylthio)- V-(2- morpholinoethyl)ethanamine).
  • Method A from MeSCH 2 CH 2 Br.
  • a solution of 2-(4- morpholinyl)ethanamine (5.87 ml, 0.045 mol) in acetonitrile (90 mL) was prepared.
  • 2- bromoethyl methyl sulfide (6.94 g, 0.045 mol) was added to the solution, followed by anhydrous potassium carbonate (17.4 g, 0.13 mol), with stirring.
  • Ligand 2a was obtained by fractional vacuum distillation on a simple distillation kit without theoretical plates. The first collected fraction boiled at 30 - 31°C and presumably corresponds to residual 2-(4-morpholinyl)ethanamine (recovery was
  • Example 2.7 Synthesis of ligand 2a (2-(methylthio)- V-(2- morpholinoethyl)ethanamine).
  • Method B from MeSCH 2 CH 2 Cl. This method was similar to Method A above, but 2-chloroethyl methyl sulfide was used instead of 2-bromoethyl methyl sulfide and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 40 h instead of 16 h.
  • Isolated yield of ligand 2a 3.13 g (34% from 5 g of MeSCH 2 CH 2 Cl). Elem. Anal : Calc'd for C 9 H 20 N 2 OS (204.33): C, 52.90; H, 9.87; N, 13.71%; Found: C, 52.82; H, 10.03; N, 13.50%.
  • Example 2.8 Synthesis of ligand 2d ( V , V -dimethyl- V 2 -(2- (methylthio)ethyl)ethane-l,2-diamine).
  • N,N-dimethylethylenediamine (4.94 ml, 0.045 mol)
  • acetonitrile 90 mL
  • 2-chloroethyl methyl sulfide 5 g, 0.045 mol
  • anhydrous potassium carbonate 17.7 g, 0.13 mol
  • the resulting suspension was refluxed for 40 h, cooled to room temperature, filtered (the filter was washed with acetonitrile 2 x 10 ml) and the solvent was removed by evaporation on a rotavap to afford 5.5 g of the yellowish liquid (60 °C, 1 h).
  • the desired product was obtained by slow fractional vacuum distillation.
  • the first collected fraction that boiled at 25 - 40 °C corresponds to the 1 :2 mixture of starting N ; ,N ; -dimethylethylenediamine and the desired product (recovery ⁇ 1 ml).
  • the second collected fraction that boiled at 40 - 70 °C corresponds to the pure desired product.
  • Example 2.9 Synthesis of ligand 3a (2-morpholino-7V-(2- (benzylthio)ethyl)ethylamine).
  • a solution of 2-morpholinoethylamine (6.56 ml, 0.05 mol) in acetonitrile (100 mL) was prepared.
  • 2-bromoethyl benzyl sulfide (11.56 g, 0.05 mol) was added to the solution, followed by anhydrous potassium carbonate (19.35 g, 0.14 mol), with stirring.
  • the resulting suspension was refluxed for 16 h, cooled to room temperature, and filtered.
  • Ligand 3a was obtained by fractional vacuum distillation on Vigreux column composed of two theoretical plates. The first collected fraction boiled at 34 - 38°C and corresponds to the residual 2-(4-morpholinyl)ethanamine (recovery 1.64 g, approximately 1.7 ml). The second collected fraction boiled at 132 - 158°C and corresponds to ligand 3a.
  • Example 2.10 Synthesis of ligand 4a (3-(benzylthio)- V-(2- morpholinoethyl)propan-l-amine).
  • a solution of 2-(4-morpholinyl)ethanamine (3.4 ml, 0.026 mol) in acetonitrile (50 mL) was prepared.
  • 3-bromopropyl benzyl sulfide (6.36 g, 0.026 mol) was added to the solution, followed by anhydrous potassium carbonate (10 g, 0.072 mol), with stirring.
  • the resulting suspension was refluxed for 16 h, cooled to room temperature, and filtered.
  • Ligand 4a was obtained by fractional vacuum distillation on Vigreux column composed of two theoretical plates. The first collected fraction boiled at 25 - 26°C and corresponds to residual 2-(4-morpholinyl)ethanamine (recovery approximately 0.5 ml).
  • the second collected fraction boiled at 145 - 176 °C and corresponds to the analytically pure ligand 4a (3.57 g, 47%, based on 3-bromopropyl benzyl sulfide). Elem. Anal: Calc'd for Ci 6 H 2 6N 2 OS (294.46): C, 65.26; H, 8.90; N, 9.51%; Found: C, 65.56; H, 9.08; N, 9.75%.
  • Example 2.11 Synthesis of ligand 4b (3-(benzylthio)- V-(3- morpholinopropyl)propan-l-amine). To a solution of 3-morpholinopropylamine (4.64 ml, 0.03 mol) in acetonitrile (65 mL) were added successively 3-bromopropyl benzyl sulfide (7.78 g, 0.03 mol) and anhydrous potassium carbonate (12.40 g, 0.09 mol) with stirring.
  • the resulting suspension was refluxed for 16 h, cooled to room temperature, filtered (the residue on the filter was washed with acetonitrile 2 x 10 ml) and the solvent was removed by evaporation on a rotavap to afford 9.49 g of a yellow solution containing a small amount of a yellow solid (55 °C, 1 h, 40 mbar).
  • the desired product was obtained by fractional vacuum distillation on small Vigreux column composed of two theoretical plates. The first collected fraction that boiled at 33 - 35 °C corresponds to the residual 3-morpholinopropylamine (recovery ⁇ 0.8 ml).
  • Chart 2 illustrates the NNS-type ligands of the formula
  • Example 2.13 Synthesis of ligand 6 (3-(benzylthio)- V-methyl- V-(3- morpholinopropyl)propan-l-amine).
  • a mixture of 4b (1.19 g, 3.858 mmol), formic acid (712 mg, 4 equiv) and 1.75 mL of formaldehyde solution (37 wt. % in H 2 0) was stirred for 2 h at 100 °C in a 50 ml schlenk flask in air.
  • the reaction mixture was cooled, treated with 18 mL of a 20% aqueous solution of NaOH and extracted with 3 x 20 mL of Et 2 0.
  • Example 2.14 Synthesis of ligand 7 (3-(benzylthio)- V -methyl- V 2 , V 2 - dimethyl)propan-l-amine).
  • a solution of A ,A ,N'-trimethyl-l ,3-propanediamine (96% Aldrich, 5 g, 0.043 mol) in acetonitrile (90 mL) was prepared.
  • 3-bromopropyl benzyl sulfide (10.54 g, 0.043 mol) was added to the solution, followed by anhydrous potassium carbonate (16.5 g, 0.12 mol), with stirring.
  • the resulting suspension was refluxed for 16 hours, cooled to room temperature, and filtered.
  • P(0)NS-type and PNS ligands of the type shown in Chart 3 can be or have been prepared and used to make inventive complexes.
  • Ligand 8 was synthesized from diphenylvinylphosphine oxide according to Scheme 4. The reaction was performed in air inside a fume hood. The corresponding phosphine Ligand 8* may be prepared by reduction with a variety of reducing agents, including silanes as shown in Scheme 4 (argon). Such processes are well-documented in literature (see, e.g., Curr. Green Chem., 2014, 1, 182; Org. Lett. 2004, 6, 4675, incorporated by reference herein).
  • Chart 4 illustrates the NNS-type (Ci-symmetry, ligands 10 and 11) and SNNS-Type (C 2 -symmetry, ligands 12 and 12*) chiral Ligands of NNS-type and SNNS-type were synthesized, isolated and subsequently used to make inventive complexes.
  • Ligands 10, 11 and 12 were synthesized according to Scheme 6. The reactions were performed in air inside a fume hood. Ligand 11* may be synthesized by using reduction of 11 with, for example, L1AIH 4 as shown in Scheme 6.
  • Example 4.1 Synthesis of ligand 10 ((/R,2R)-7Vl-(thiophen-2- ylmethyl)cyclohexane-l,2-diamine).
  • a yellow solution of (i?,i?)-DACH (5 g, 43.79 mmol) in 20 ml of H 2 0 was added to 4.91 g (43.79 mmol) of freshly distilled 2-thiophenecarbaldehyde in one portion. The obtained mixture was vigorously stirred for 2 h.
  • the suspension was cooled to room temperature and H 2 0 (20 ml) was added to destroy excess NaBH 4 .
  • To the obtained mixture was added 80 ml of brine and 100 ml of CH 2 C1 2 .
  • the system was shaken, and the organic phase was separated on a separation funnel, washed with brine (3 x 80 ml), dried over anhydrous MgS0 4 , followed by filtration, then concentrated on a rotavap to give 6.88 g of a yellow-red liquid (1 h, 50 °C, 40 mbar).
  • Example 4.2 Synthesis of ligand 11 ((7R,2R)- Vl-(2-(phenylthio)ethyl)- V2- (thiophen-2-ylmethyl)cyclohexane-l,2-diamine).
  • a solution of freshly prepared (phenylsulfanyl)acetaldehyde (668 mg, 4.39 mmol) in 7 ml of MeOH was added to a solution of 9 (922 mg, 4.38 mmol) in 5 ml of MeOH. The obtained mixture was stirred for 20 h to afford an orange (deep-red) solution.
  • NaBH 4 (4 equiv, 663 mg
  • the product was purified by column chromatography (9 > ⁇ 5 cm) on silica gel (Sigma, 230 - 400 mesh, 40 - 63 ⁇ , average pore diameter 60 A, -120 g); eluent: hexane-ethyl acetate 7:3 (4 fractions were eluated) and then CH 2 Cl 2 -MeOH-NH 3 10: 1 :0.5 (this eluent dried over Na 2 S0 4 overnight prior to use; two fractions were collected: desired product and then starting 9 in the end). Yield 861 mg (57%), yellow-dark oil. Elem.
  • Example 4.3 Synthesis of ligand 12. To a stirred solution of (R,R)-OACH (1.53 g, 13.4 mmol, 98%> Aldrich) in 25 ml water containing 2.68 g NaOH (5 equiv, 67 mmol) was added dropwise (phenylthio)acetyl chloride (5 g, 26.8 mmol, 97%> Aldrich).
  • Air-stable ligand 13 was synthesized according to Scheme 7. The reaction was performed in air inside a fume hood. Ligand 13* may be prepared by reduction of 13 with a variety of reducing agents, includin silanes as shown in Scheme 7 (under argon).
  • Example 5.1 Synthesis of ligand 13 ⁇ A mixture of 10 (547 mg. 2.60 mmol) and diphenylvinylphosphine oxide (593 mg, 2.60 mmol) in 3 ml of water was refluxed for 24 h. The organic product was extracted with dichloromethane (3 > ⁇ 5 ml), dried over anhydrous MgSC ⁇ , followed by filtration, then concentrated to give yellow-red oily material (1 120 g, 98% crude yield). The oily material crystallizes as white powder upon passing through chromatography column (silicagel or alumogel) or upon standing to afford white-orange crystals.
  • chromatography column sicagel or alumogel
  • Example 6 Preparation of Catalyst Complexes.
  • Complexes of ruthenium, iridium, manganese, iron, cobalt, nickel or copper comprising the inventive ligands were prepared using the NNS-type, P(0)NS-type, PNS-type, SNNS-type, SNNP(0)-type, and SNNP- type poly dentate ligands and suitable precursors of transition metals under inert atmosphere.
  • Synthesis of ruthenium(II) complexes of the general formula [RuCl 2 (ligand)L] was typically performed by reacting the ligand with a suitable ruthenium precursor such as [RuCl 2 (PPh 3 )3], [RuCl 2 (r
  • a suitable ruthenium precursor such as [RuCl 2 (PPh 3 )3], [RuCl 2 (r
  • Syntheses of iridium(I) or iridium(III) complexes were performed typically by reacting the ligand with a suitable iridium precursor such as [IrCl(r
  • Example 6.1 Synthesis and Characterization of Ruthenium Complexes Using NNS-Type Ligands.
  • Chart 6 illustrates Ruthenium Complexes of NNS-type ligands that were synthesized, isolated and subsequently used as precatalysts in catalytic reactions Chart 6.
  • Schemes 8 and 9 below illustrate several exemplary Ruthenium complexes of NNS-type ligands that were synthesized, isolated and subsequently used as precatalysts in catalytic reactions.
  • transition metal precursors useful for preparing embodiment complexes include, but are not limited to, [RuCl 2 (PPh 3 ) 3 ], [RuCl 2 (r
  • 4 -COD)] flesh, [RuCl 2 (DMSO) 4 ] (DMSO
  • Example 6.1.1 Synthesis of Complex A-l.
  • Method A To [RuCl 2 (PPh 3 ) 3 ] (360 mg, 0.375 mmol) was added a solution of la (100 mg, 0.375 mmol) in 5 ml of CH 2 C1 2 with stirring. The resulting burgundy solution was stirred at room temperature. An analysis of the reaction mixture by 31 P NMR spectroscopy after 1 hour revealed complete conversion of the starting material into the product, indicated by a resonance at ⁇ 40.9 ppm, and the presence of free PPh 3 , ⁇ -5.5 ppm).
  • Example 6.1.3 Synthesis of Complex A-2.
  • Complex A-2 was prepared similarly to complex I Method A (vide supra) with the exception that ligand 2a was used instead of ligand la. After decantation of the mother liquor, the obtained red rhombic crystals were washed with diethyl ether (3 x 10 ml) and vacuum dried overnight.
  • Isolated yield of complex A-2 225 mg (75%) of CssHsgCbNzOPRuS- ICH2CI2 (based on 1H NMR. Elem. Anal: Calc'd for C 33 H 39 Cl 2 N 2 0PRuS- lCH 2 Cl 2 (768.20): C, 51.07; H, 5.17; N, 3.50%.
  • Example 6.1.4 Synthesis of Complex A-3.
  • Complex A-3 was prepared similarly to complex I, following method A ⁇ vide supra) with the exception that ligand 3a was used instead of ligand la. After decantation of the mother liquor, the obtained red crystals were washed with diethyl ether (3 x 10 ml) and vacuum dried overnight. Isolated yield: 209 mg (87%). Elem. Anal: Calc'd for C 2 7H 35 Cl 2 N 2 OPRuS (638.59): C, 50.78; H, 5.52; N, 4.39%.
  • Example 6.1.5 Synthesis of Complex A-6.
  • Complex A-6 was prepared similarly to complex A-l, method A (vide supra) with the exception that ligand 4a was used instead of ligand la. After decantation of the mother liquor, a large (> 1 cm) red crystal was transferred onto a filter frit , washed with diethyl ether (3 x 10 ml), dried under vacuum, broken and vacuum dried overnight. Isolated yield: 238 mg (87%). Elem. Anal: Calc'd for
  • the X-ray structures of these complexes resembled one another other, being 5,5 or 5,6-ruthenacycles in which the three heteroatoms (N, N and S) are located in a single plane.
  • the chlorine atoms are located in trans- orientation to each other, and the PPh 3 moiety is located trans to the NH group.
  • These structures resemble those for known Ru-PNN complexes and for other pincer Ru complexes that include P/N tridentate ligands.
  • Example 6.1.6 Synthesis of Complex J-l.
  • Complex J-l was prepared similarly to complex A-1 following method A with the exception that ligand lb was used instead of ligand la.
  • the air-sensitive mixture was stirred for 2 hours and then concentrated to approximately 40% of the original volume, and then layered with diethyl ether (22 ml) and left for eight days. After decantation of the mother liquor, the obtained red needle crystals were transferred onto a filter frit, washed with diethyl ether (3 x 10 ml) and vacuum dried overnight. Isolated yield: 162 mg (60%). Elem. Anal. : Calc'd for
  • Example 6.1.7 Synthesis of Complex J-2.
  • Complex J-2 was prepared similarly to complex J-1 with the exception that ligand 4b was used instead of ligand lb. After decantation of the mother liquor, the resulting orange solid was transferred to a filter frit, washed with diethyl ether (3 x 10 ml) and vacuum dried overnight. Isolated yield: 134 mg (48%), orange solid. Elem. Anal: Calc'd for C 7 oH 86 Cl 4 N 4 0 2 P 2 Ru 2 S 2 (1485.49): C, 56.60; H, 5.84; N, 3.77%. Found: C, 56.42; H, 5.85; N, 3.73%.
  • J-2 dimeric J-2 is sparingly soluble in CD 2 C1 2 , CDCI 3 , CD 3 OD, acetone- ⁇ and DMF- y.
  • the mother liquor produced red crystals after about 1 week (not quantified).
  • the X-Ray structural analysis identified the product as an unsymmetrical, trichloro-bridged bimetallic complex containing a K 2 [N',5 -bidentate ligand, [Ru ⁇ K 2 (N S)-4b ⁇ (PPh 3 ) ⁇ -Cl) 3 RuCl(PPh 3 ) 2 ] (J-3). This could formally be viewed as the product of an association reaction involving a 16 electron monomer of J-2, (i.e.
  • Example 6.1.8 Synthesis of Complex L-l.
  • Complex L-l was prepared similarly to complex A-1 following method A with the exception that ligand 5 a was used instead of ligand la.
  • Example 6.1.9. Synthesis of Complex B-l The procedure for preparing complex B-l was similar to that for preparing complex A-l, method A, with the exception that ligand lc was used instead of ligand la. After the decantation of the mother liquor, the obtained light pink precipitate was collected on a filter frit, washed with diethyl ether (3 x 10 ml) and vacuum dried overnight. Isolated yield: 218 mg (85%). Elem. Anal.: Calc'd for
  • Example 6.1.10 Synthesis of Complex C-1.
  • Complex C-1 was prepared similarly to complex A-l with the exception that ligand Id was used instead of ligand la.
  • X-ray structures were obtained for both complex B-l and complex C-l.
  • the complexes B-l and C-l are isostructural; their solid state structures are also similar to those of octahedral complexes A-1, A-2, A-3, and A-6.
  • the solution behavior of complexes B-l and C-l was similar to that of complex A-1 in that no detectable amount of a second isomer was observed in solution.
  • Complexes B-l and C-l were tested as pre-catalysts for hydrogenation.
  • Example 6.1.11. Synthesis of Complex A-4 A mixture of [RuCl 2 (COD)] n (309 mg, 1.103 mmol), PCy 3 (309 mg, 1.103 mmol) and la (294 mg, 1.103 mmol) was stirred in toluene (10 ml) at 115 °C for 48 h in a KONTES® pressure tube. After cooling down, the brick colored precipitate was collected on a filter frit, washed with Et 2 0 (3 x 10 ml) and vacuum dried to afford 642 mg of the crude material.
  • Example 6.1.12. Synthesis of Complex K-1 A mixture of [RuCl 2 (COD)] n (155 mg, 0.552 mmol) and la (147 mg, 0.552 mmol) was stirred in toluene (10 ml) at 115 °C for 48 h in Kontes pressure tube. After cooling, a brick-colored precipitate was collected on a filter frit, washed with Et 2 0 (3 x 10 ml) and vacuum dried on the filter. The material was extracted on the filter with 5 x 3 ml CH 2 C1 2 allowing the filtrates to be collected in 5 separate vials. A red solution in each vial was layered with Et 2 0 (20 ml).
  • Example 6.1.14. Synthesis of Complex C-2 A mixture of [RuCl 2 (COD)] n (309 mg, 1.103 mmol), PCy 3 (309 mg, 1.103 mmol) and Id (248 mg, 1.103 mmol) was stirred in toluene (10 ml) at 115 °C for 48 h (in a KONTES® pressure tube). After cooling, the brick colored precipitate was filtered on a filter frit, washed with Et 2 0 (3 x 10 ml) and partially vacuum dried on the filter (vacuum pump). The residue was extracted from the filter frit with dichloromethane (6 > ⁇ 3 ml). The obtained solution was layered with Et 2 0 (100 ml). Red-brown crystals were collected in few days (521 mg, 70%> yield). Elem. Anal: Calcd for
  • Example 6.1.15 Synthesis of Complex C-3. Prepared similarly as Complex C- 2, using ligand 2d. The compound exists in CDC1 3 as a mixture of presumably two diastereomers (79:21 ratio). 31 P ⁇ 1H ⁇ (162 MHz, CDC1 3 , r.t.): ⁇ 28.8 (s, minor, 21%), 29.0 (s, major, 79%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 , r.t., selected): ⁇ 2.09 (CH 3 , major), 2.59 (CH 3 , major), 2.83 (CH 3 , major), 4.80 (vt, NH minor), 5.09 (vt, NH major).
  • Scheme 10 illustrates Ruthenium Complexes of P(0)NS-type ligands that were synthesized, isolated and subsequently used as precatalysts in catalytic reactions.
  • Example 6.2.1 Synthesis of Complex D-1. To [RuCl 2 (PPh 3 ) 3 ] (420 mg, 0.438 mmol) was added a solution of crude ligand 8 (140 mg, 0.438 mmol) in 6 ml of CH 2 C1 2 with stirring. The resulting burgundy solution was stirred at r.t.
  • Chart 7 illustrates Iridium Complexes of NNS-type ligands that were synthesized, isolated and subsequently used as precatalysts in catalytic reactions.
  • inventive complexes of iridium were prepared by reacting a ligand with a suitable iridium-containing precursor in a suitable solvent.
  • Example 7.1 Synthesis of Complex M-1. In a particular preparation, to
  • Example 7.2 Synthesis of Complex N-2.
  • [IrCl(COE) 2 ] 2 145 mg, 0.162 mmol
  • a solution of ligand 2a 91 mg, 0.324 mmol
  • THF 3 ml
  • the orange-yellow suspension was stirred for 3 h at r.t., and a white precipitate was collected on a frit, washed with diethyl ether (3 x 10 ml) and vacuum dried overnight to afford 100 mg of the final off-white product (61%). Elem.
  • Example 7.5 Synthesis of Complex N-5.
  • To [IrCl(COE) 2 ] 2 145 mg, 0.162 mmol) was added a solution of ligand 6 (104 mg, 0.324 mmol) in toluene (2 ml), then acetonitrile (2 ml) with stirring.
  • the initial orange suspension converted into a red solution upon stirring.
  • the mixture was stirred for 3 h at r.t., concentrated to ⁇ half volume and layered with pentane (22 ml). In 4 days, the mother liquor was decanted from the residue composed of red- yellow crystalline material (bottom) and well-shaped yellow crystals (wall).
  • Example 7.6 Synthesis of Complex N-l . Prepared similarly as N-5, except 7 was used as ligand. Isolated yield: 141 mg (79%>). Elem. Anal: Calcd for Ci 8 H 3 oClIrN 2 OS (508.14): C, 37.82; H, 5.55; N, 5.51%. Found (under nitrogen): C, 37.53; H, 5.33; N, 5.47%. Slowly decomposes in CDC1 3 .
  • IrCl(C 8 Hi 3 )H ⁇ ( i Bu 2 PC 2 H4) 2 NH ⁇ ] was isolated.
  • the [Ir in ClH 2 ⁇ CPr 2 PC 2 H 4 ) 2 NH ⁇ ] (“Ir-PNP") is commercially available and has been reported as (pre)catalyst in ester hydrogenation, ketone transfer hydrogenations, solvolysis of ammonia borane and amination of aliphatic alcohols.
  • transition metal complexes are accessible by reactions of suitable precursors with these inventive ligands.
  • Chart 8 illustrates other complexes of NNS, P(0)NS, SNNS-type ligands that were synthesized, isolated and subsequently used as precatalysts in catalytic reactions.
  • Example 8.2.2 Synthesis of Complex Fe-2. To yellowish FeCl 2 (0.221 mmol, 28 mg) was added a solution of ligand 8 (0.221 mmol, 70 mg) in MeCN (3 ml) under stirring. The obtained solution was stirred for 2 h and layered with diethyl ether (20 ml). The next day a white precipitate was separated, washed with diethyl ether (3 > ⁇ 5 ml) and vacuum dried. Yield: 67 mg (68%), off-white powder. Elem. Anal: Calcd for CnffeCbFeNOPS (446.15): C, 45.77; H, 4.97; N, 3.14%; Found: C, 45.48; H, 4.95; N, 3.06%.
  • Example 8.4 Synthesis of irans-[Ni( 3[N,N',S]-3a)(EtOH)Cl 2 ] (Ni-1).
  • a mixture of NiCl 2 (0.278 mmol, 36 mg) and 3a (0.278 mmol, 79 mg) in anhydrous EtOH (4 ml) was stirred in a KONTES® pressure tube at 90°C. After 44 h, the tube was cooled at -20°C for 1 h, and a greenish precipitate was collected on a frit filter, washed with EtOH (3 x 2 ml), then Et20 (3 x 4 ml) and dried under vacuum overnight. 77 mg of the greenish powder was recovered (61 %). Elem.
  • Example 8.5.3 Synthesis of Complex Cu-3. To a brown CuCl 2 (0.358 mmol, 48 mg) was added a solution of ligand 8 (0.358 mmol, 115 mg) in MeCN (4 ml). A change in color to green was observed ( ⁇ 5 min). The obtained mixture was stirred for 2 h, filtered and the filtrate was layered with diethyl ether (20 ml). The next day, a precipitate was collected, washed with diethyl ether (3 > ⁇ 5 ml) and dried under vacuum overnight. Yield: 122 mg (75%). Elem. Anal.: Calcd for Ci 7 H 22 Cl 2 CuNOPS (453.85): C, 44.99; H, 4.89; N, 3.09%; Found: C, 43.92; H, 4.89; N, 3.03%.
  • Example 8.5.5 Synthesis of Complex Cu-5.
  • a brown suspension of CuCl 2 (40 mg, 0.298 mmol) in MeCN (2 ml) was added a solution of 11 (104 mg, 0.298 mmol) in MeCN (2 ml). Immediate change of the color to green was observed. In ⁇ 1 min, a precipitate started to form under stirring. The obtained suspension was stirred for 2 h, the precipitate was filtered, washed with diethyl ether (3 x 5 ml), pentane (3 x 5 ml) and dried under vacuum overnight. Yield: 111 mg (77%), light-green air- and moisture-stable solid. Elem. Anal.: Calcd for Ci 9 H 26 Cl 2 CuN 2 S 2 (481.00): C, 47.44; H, 5.45; N, 5.82%; Found: C, 46.48; H, 5.33; N, 5.76%.
  • Example 8.5.6.1 Synthesis of Water-Soluble Complex Cu-6.
  • CuS0 4 5H 2 0 500 mg, 2.0 mmol
  • MeOH a solution of ligand 10 (421 mg, 2.0 mmol) in MeOH (10 ml) was added. An immediate change of the color to blue-dark was observed.
  • the mixture was stirred in air for 2 h, the precipitate was filtered, washed with MeOH (3 x 10 ml), diethyl ether (3 x 25 ml) and vacuum dried to afford 660 mg of the product. Elem.
  • Example 8.5.6.2 Synthesis of Complex Cu-7.
  • a suspension of (£)-(+)- ⁇ , - Binaphthyl-2,2'-diyl hydrogenphosphate (97% Aldrich, CAS Number 35193-64-7, 200 mg, 0.574 mmol) in 15 ml of dichloromethane was added a solution of Cu-6 (0.5 equiv, 106 mg, 0.287 mmol) in 10 ml of water.
  • the mixture was stirred in air and NaHC0 3 was added via spatula until two clear phases formed.
  • Brine (5 ml) was added.
  • the blue organic phase was separated.
  • the aqueous phase was washed with dichloromethane (2 x 15 ml).
  • ester methyl trifluoroacetate was chosen as a substrate because homogeneous hydrogenation of MTFA may afford
  • TFAMH trifluoroacetaldehyde methyl hemiacetal
  • TFE 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol
  • TFAMH is an important synthon in the production of various fluorinated chemicals containing CF 3 -groups. TFAMH is also used in medicinal chemistry and in agrochemical research and in materials research. MTFA is typically produced from fluoral and methanol at -78 °C, or via a complicated two-step Swartz-type reaction (including a step with HF in the gas-phase), or by stoichiometric hydrogenation of MTFA using borohydride as a reducing agent. The borohydride reduction is neither environmentally nor economically attractive. A method for catalytically converting MTFA (commercially available at $47 for 25 grams) into TFAMH (commercially available at $50 for 250 milligrams) using molecular hydrogen would provide a less expensive, greener alternative to the known methods.
  • S/C substrate-to-catalyst ratio
  • a mixture of complex (0.005 mmol) and MeONa (135 mg, 2.5 mmol) was stirred in methanol (5 ml) for approximately 1 min (except for J-l and J-2, which were stirred for approximately 15 min to ensure complete dissolution).
  • Runs 4 and 10 provide a comparison of hydrogenation rates of complex N-4 with complex N-5 under otherwise identical reaction conditions. Turnover numbers (TON) for these runs were excellent, exceeding 10,000. Notably, replacement of the NH group of complex XVIII with the N(C3 ⁇ 4) group of complex N-5 resulted in an almost 60% increase in hydrogenation activity. This difference in hydrogenation activity between complex N-4 and complex N-5 was unexpected because it is contrary to what would have been expected based upon the generally accepted behavior and mechanism for bifunctional catalysis in which N-methylated complexes are much less active (if at all) for hydrogenation than their corresponding NH analogs.
  • Example 11 Catalytic Hydrogenation of 2,2,2-trifluoroacetophenone.
  • the catalyst (0.008 mmol: complex N-4: 4.3 mg, complex N-5: 4.4 mg) was dissolved in methanol (20 ml) with stirring. 5 ml of this stock-solution was added to MeONa (5 mol %: 27 mg).
  • the temperature was gently increased to 40 °C and monitored via a 4838 Parr Temperature Controller. Observed stability and accuracy was ⁇ 2 °C.
  • the reactor was moved into a precooled water bath (0 °C) for 5 min and then depressurized.
  • the neat reaction mixture from the liner was then directly analyzed by 1H and 19 F NMR spectroscopy without lock. The balance of material present was unreacted 2,2,2-trifluoroacetophenone ( 19 F).

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Catalysts (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates generally to novel achiral and chiral sulfur-, nitrogen- and phosphorus-containing ligands, designated as NNS-type, P(0)NS-type, PNS-type, SNNS-type, SNNP(0)-type, or SNNP-type polydentate ligands and transition metal complexes of these ligands. The catalysts derived from these ligands and transition metal complexes may be used in a wide range of catalytic reactions, including hydrogenation and transfer hydrogenation of unsaturated organic compounds, dehydrogenation of alcohols and boranes, various dehydrogenative couplings, and other catalytic transformations.

Description

POLYDENTATE LIGANDS AND THEIR COMPLEXES FOR MOLECULAR CATALYSIS
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application Serial Nos.
62/136,085, filed March 20, 2015; 62/130,977, filed March 10, 2015; 62/118,386, filed February 19, 2015; and 62/009,483, filed June 9, 2014. The subject matter of each of these applications is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety for all purposes.
STATEMENT REGARDING FEDERAL RIGHTS
[0002] This invention was made with government support under Contract No. DE- AC52-06NA25396 awarded by the U.S. Department of Energy. The government has certain rights in the invention.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0003] The present invention relates generally to polydentate ligands and transition metal complexes of these ligands, some of which are relevant to the area of so-called bifunctional metal-ligand M/NH cooperative molecular catalysis. In particular, the catalysts can be used in a wide range of catalytic reactions, including hydrogenation and transfer hydrogenation of unsaturated organic compounds, dehydrogenation of alcohols and boranes, various
dehydrogenative couplings, catalytic C-N and C-C bond-forming reactions, hydration of nitriles, aerobic oxidative transformation of alcohols into ketones and esters and others.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0004] Progress in homogeneous catalysis including homogeneous hydrogenation often involves the development of new ligands and their transition-metal complexes that are active pre-catalysts or catalysts. The vast majority of ligands used in homogeneous catalysis are based on P and/or N donor atoms and an enormous number of such ligands have been designed and synthesized over the past four decades.
[0005] It is generally accepted that polydentate chelating ligands bearing NH
functionalities play a crucial role in so-called bifunctional metal-ligand (M/NH) cooperative molecular catalysis, in which a non-innocent ligand is proposed to directly participate in substrate activation via an N-H group and/or an act of bond cleavage/formation via N-H proton transfer, respectively. The bifunctional molecular catalysis based on metal-ligand M/NH cooperation was originally developed for asymmetric hydrogenation and transfer hydrogenation of ketones and imines and is now applicable to variety of chemical transformations with a wide scope and high practicability. They include practical hydrogenation of carboxylic and carbonic acid derivatives, hydrogenation and electroreduction of C02, various acceptorless
dehydrogenations, asymmetric Michael reaction of 1,3-dicarbonyl compounds with cyclic enones and nitroalkenes, stereoselective catalytic C-N and C-C bond- forming reactions, aerobic oxidative kinetic resolution of racemic secondary alcohols, asymmetric hydration of nitriles and others.
[0006] Given the utility of these catalysts, there is interest in further ligand and catalyst design. SUMMARY
[0007] The present invention is directed to several new classes of ligands, transition metal complexes comprising these ligands, and methods of hydrogenating substrates using these complexes as precatalysts. Some of these ligands show an insensitivity to air, the ability to easily vary structures based on cheap, readily available starting materials (i.e. fine-tuning of ligand conformational, steric and electronic properties) and use simple synthetic procedures and protocols consistent with the concept of green chemistry.
[0008] Some embodiments of the present invention include ligands having a structure of any one of Formula (I), Formula (II), Formula (III), or Formula (IV):
Figure imgf000004_0001
wherein
E is:
Figure imgf000005_0001
Ri and R5 are independently at each occurrence optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted arylalkyl; R5 may also be independently optionally substituted alkoxy or optionally substituted aryloxy;
R2, R3, and R4 are independently at each occurrence H, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted arylalkyl; and
m is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
n is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
q is 1, 2, 3, or 4; and
z is 0 or 1, provided that the ligand of Formula (I) is not:
Figure imgf000005_0002
[0009] Other embodiments include those ligands having a structure of Formula (V), Formula (VI), Formula (VII), Formula (VIII), Formula (IX) or Formula (X):
Figure imgf000005_0003
3
Figure imgf000006_0001
or an achiral isomer, enantiomer, diasteriomer, isomeric mixture, and/or salt thereof,
wherein
Ri, R2, q, and z are as defined for the ligands of Formulae (I) to (IV);
m is independently 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5;
n is independently 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5;
z is independently 0 or 1 ;
Rs is H, -(CH2)n-S-Ri or -(CH2)n-(2-thiophenyl) or -(CH2)n-P(0)z(R5)2; and
R7 and R8 are independently H, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl, or optionally substituted arylalkyl, or together with the carbons to which they are bound form a 5-7 membered cyclic or heterocyclic ring, provided that only one of R7 and Rs is H. Note that in the structures of Formulae (IX) and (X), when z is 0, the carbonyl group is replaced by a methylene group.
[0010] Subset genera and specific examples are recited as separate embodiments within each of these embodiments. In certain of these subsets, the optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl of R2 comprise pendant phosphine or phosphine oxide moieties as described further herein.
[0011] Still other embodiments include those metal coordination complexes comprising any of the ligands described herein coordinated to at least one transition metal. These
coordination complexes, also described herein as precatalysts, include mononuclear and dinuclear metal complexes. Subset general and specific examples are recited as separate embodiments of this class of embodiments.
[0012] Further embodiments of the present invention include the use of the inventive catalysts in and methods of affecting the catalytic hydrogenation of unsaturated organic precursors, including the methods of affecting these transformations. Subset genera of these embodiments include those where the source of hydrogen is dihydrogen, isopropanol, formic acid, or formic acid-triethylamine azeotropic mixture, or a combination thereof, and where the reducible organic substrate comprises at least one unsaturated >C=C< (alkenyl), -C≡C- (alkynyl), >C=0, >C=N- -C≡N, -N=0, or -N=N- (azo) bond. Additional embodiments include the use of the inventive catalysts especially, but not exclusively, the bifunctional catalysts in and methods of affecting the catalyses of dehydrogenation of alcohols and boranes, various dehydrogenative couplings, and catalytic stereoselective and achiral C-N and C-C bond-forming reactions, hydration of nitriles, aerobic oxidative transformation of alcohols into ketones and esters.
[0013] In such methods, the active catalyst either is the coordination complex as- described or is derived in situ from the presence of the coordination complex under the reaction conditions. While the methods do not depend on the correctness or incorrectness of any suggested catalytic model, it is likely the complex affecting the transformation involves a combination of both of as-described and in sz'tw-derived complexes. In specific subgenera, the reaction conditions include the use of strong inorganic base, e.g., alkoxides, as a co-catalyst.
[0014] The general description and the following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory only and are not restrictive of the invention, as defined in the appended claims. Other aspects of the present invention will be apparent to those skilled in the art in view of the detailed description of the invention as provided herein.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0015] The summary, as well as the following detailed description, is further understood when read in conjunction with the appended drawings. For the purpose of illustrating the invention, there are shown in the drawings exemplary embodiments of the invention; however, the invention is not limited to the specific methods, compositions, and devices disclosed. In addition, the drawings are not necessarily drawn to scale. In the drawings:
[0016] FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 show structures of several of the inventive ligands.
[0017] FIG. 3 A and FIG. 3B show generic structures of several of the inventive ruthenium catalysts.
[0018] FIG. 4 shows generic structures of several of the inventive iridium catalysts. The various terms are described in the specification.
[0019] FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 show specific structures prepared during the course of this work. An asterisk (*) indicates that the structure has been determined by X-ray crystallography. [0020] FIG. 7 shows selected X-Ray molecular structures for complexes C-2, F-l, D- 1 CH2C12, Cu-4, Cu-5 and Cu-8-4MeCN-pentane (50% level of thermal ellipsoids). H-atoms (except NH and OH) are omitted for clarity.
[0021] FIG. 8 shows a potential mechanism for the conversion of iridium chloride catalysts to a proposed iridium dihydride intermediate generated under hydrogenation conditions.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0022] The present invention is directed to several new classes of ligands, catalysts comprising these ligands, and methods of catalyzing a wide range of reactions using these catalysts.
[0023] The present invention may be understood more readily by reference to the following description taken in connection with the accompanying Figures and Examples, all of which form a part of this disclosure. It is to be understood that this invention is not limited to the specific products, methods, processes, conditions or parameters described or shown herein, and that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments by way of example only and is not intended to be limiting of any claimed invention. Similarly, unless specifically otherwise stated, any description as to a possible mechanism or mode of action or reason for improvement is meant to be illustrative only, and the invention herein is not to be constrained by the correctness or incorrectness of any such suggested mechanism or mode of action or reason for improvement. Throughout this specification, claims, and drawings, it is recognized that the descriptions refer to compositions (e.g., ligands and catalysts) and processes of making and using said compositions. That is, where the disclosure describes or claims a feature or embodiment associated with a composition or a method of making or using a
composition, it is appreciated that such a description or claim is intended to extend these features or embodiment to embodiments in each of these contexts (i.e., compositions, methods of making, and methods of using; e.g., features of ligands may be incorporated into the corresponding catalysts, and vice versa).
[0024] Terms
[0025] In the present disclosure the singular forms "a," "an," and "the" include the plural reference, and reference to a particular numerical value includes at least that particular value, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Thus, for example, a reference to "a material" is a reference to at least one of such materials and equivalents thereof known to those skilled in the art, and so forth. [0026] When a value is expressed as an approximation by use of the descriptor "about," it will be understood that the particular value forms another embodiment. In general, use of the term "about" indicates approximations that can vary depending on the desired properties sought to be obtained by the disclosed subject matter and is to be interpreted in the specific context in which it is used, based on its function. The person skilled in the art will be able to interpret this as a matter of routine. In some cases, the number of significant figures used for a particular value may be one non-limiting method of determining the extent of the word "about." In other cases, the gradations used in a series of values may be used to determine the intended range available to the term "about" for each value. Where present, all ranges are inclusive and combinable. That is, references to values stated in ranges include every value within that range.
[0027] It is to be appreciated that certain features of the invention which are, for clarity, described herein in the context of separate embodiments, may also be provided in combination in a single embodiment. That is, unless obviously incompatible or specifically excluded, each individual embodiment is deemed to be combinable with any other embodiment(s) and such a combination is considered to be another embodiment. Conversely, various features of the invention that are, for brevity, described in the context of a single embodiment, may also be provided separately or in any sub-combination. Finally, while an embodiment may be described as part of a series of steps or part of a more general structure, each said step may also be considered an independent embodiment in itself, combinable with others.
[0028] The transitional terms "comprising," "consisting essentially of," and "consisting" are intended to connote their generally in accepted meanings in the patent vernacular; that is, (i) "comprising," which is synonymous with "including," "containing," or "characterized by," is inclusive or open-ended and does not exclude additional, unrecited elements or method or process steps; (ii) "consisting of excludes any element, step, or ingredient not specified in the claim; and (iii) "consisting essentially of limits the scope of a claim to the specified materials or steps "and those that do not materially affect the basic and novel characteristic(s)" of the claimed invention. Embodiments described in terms of the phrase "comprising" (or its equivalents), also provide, as embodiments, those which are independently described in terms of "consisting of and "consisting essentially of." For those embodiments provided in terms of "consisting essentially of," the basic and novel characteristic(s) of a process is the ability to provide efficient catalysts for the any of the catalytic reactions discussed herein, including reduction of organic substrates and carbon dioxide, oxidation (e.g., acceptorless dehydrogenation of secondary alcohols and aerobic oxidation with oxygen), borylative cyclization, and stereoselective catalytic C-N and C-C bond-forming reactions, catalytic hydration.
[0029] When a list is presented, unless stated otherwise, it is to be understood that each individual element of that list, and every combination of that list, is a separate embodiment. For example, a list of embodiments presented as "A, B, or C" is to be interpreted as including the embodiments, "A," "B," "C," "A or B," "A or C," "B or C," or "A, B, or C." Similarly, for example, where some embodiments of m and n are described in terms of 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5, it should be appreciated that these also include those embodiments were m and/or n are 1; 2; 3; 4; 5; 1 or 2; 1 or 3; 1 or 4; 1 or 5; 2 or 3; 2 or 4; 2; or 5; 3 or 4; 3 or 5; 4 or 5; 1, 2, or 3; 1, 2, or 4; 1, 2, or 5; 1, 3, or 4; 1, 3, or 5; 1, 4, or 5; 2, 3, or 4; 2, 3, or 5; 2, 4, or 5; 3, 4, or 5; 1, 2, 3, or 4; or 1, 2, 3, or 5.
[0030] Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Although any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can also be used in the practice or testing of the present invention, representative illustrative methods and materials are described herein.
[0031] Throughout this specification, words are to be afforded their normal meaning, as would be understood by those skilled in the relevant art. However, so as to avoid
misunderstanding, the meanings of certain terms will be specifically defined or clarified.
[0032] The term "alkyl" as used herein refers to a linear, branched, or cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group typically although not necessarily containing 1 to about 24 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, octyl, decyl, and the like, as well as cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the like. The term "lower alkyl" intends an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and the specific term "cycloalkyl" intends a cyclic alkyl group, typically having 3 to 8, preferably 5 to 7, carbon atoms. The term "substituted alkyl" refers to alkyl groups substituted with one or more substituent groups. If not otherwise indicated, the terms "alkyl" and "lower alkyl" include linear, branched, cyclic, unsubstituted, and/or substituted alkyl and lower alkyl groups, respectively. [0033] The term "alkoxy" as used herein intends an optionally substituted alkyl group bound through a single, terminal ether linkage; that is, an "alkoxy" group may be represented as - O-alkyl where alkyl is as defined above. A "lower alkoxy" group intends an alkoxy group containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
[0034] The term "aromatic" refers to the ring moieties which satisfy the Hiickel 4n + 2 rule for aromaticity, and includes both aryl (i.e., carbocyclic) and heteroaryl (also called heteroaromatic) structures, including aryl (e.g., phenyl), aralkyl (e.g., benzyl), alkaryl (e.g., tolyl), heteroaryl (e.g., pyridinyl), heteroaralkyl (e.g., pyridinylmethylene), or alk-heteroaryl (e.g., methylpyridinyl) moieties, or oligomeric or polymeric analogs thereof.
[0035] The term "aryl" as used herein, and unless otherwise specified, refers to an optionally substituted aromatic substituent or structure containing a single aromatic ring or multiple aromatic rings that are fused together, directly linked, or indirectly linked (such that the different aromatic rings are bound to a common group such as a methylene or ethylene moiety). Unless otherwise modified, the term "aryl" refers to carbocyclic structures. Preferred aryl groups contain 5 to 24 carbon atoms, and particularly preferred aryl groups contain 6 to 14 carbon atoms. Exemplary aryl groups contain one aromatic ring or two fused or linked aromatic rings, e.g., phenyl, tolyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, diphenylether, diphenylamine, benzophenone, and the like. "Substituted aryl" refers to an aryl moiety substituted with one or more substituent groups, and the terms "heteroatom-containing aryl" and "heteroaryl" refer to aryl substituents in which at least one carbon atom is replaced with a heteroatom, as will be described in further detail infra.
[0036] The term "aryloxy" as used herein refers to an optionally substituted aryl group bound through a single, terminal ether linkage, wherein "aryl" is as defined above. An "aryloxy" group may be represented as -O-aryl where aryl is as defined above.
[0037] The terms "aralkyl" or "arylalkyl" refer to an alkyl group with an optionally substituted aryl substituent, wherein "aryl" and "alkyl" are as defined above. Preferred aralkyl groups contain 6 to 24 carbon atoms, and particularly preferred aralkyl groups contain 6 to 16 carbon atoms. Examples of aralkyl groups include, without limitation, benzyl, 2-phenyl-ethyl, and the like.
[0038] The term "acyl" refers to substituents having the formula -(CO)-alkyl, -(CO)- aryl, or -(CO)-aralkyl, and the term "acyloxy" refers to substituents having the formula -O(CO)- alkyl, -0(CO)-aryl, or -0(CO)-aralkyl, wherein "alkyl," "aryl, and "aralkyl" are as defined above.
[0039] The term "catalyst" is intended to connote a compound, including a transition metal coordination complex, capable of catalyzing a synthetic reaction, as would be readily understood by a person of ordinary skill in the art. The term is used in the present context of coordination complexes for clarity and convenience only, and is not intended to limit the scope of such complexes to this purpose. In this regard, the terms coordination complex and catalyst may be used interchangeably, and the person of ordinary skill would be able to understand as such in the context of the description. As is understood by those skilled in the art, the term "bifunctional M/NH catalyst" refers to a transition metal complex bearing at least one NH functionality. It is not intended to limit, in any way, the number or types of catalytic reactions to which the catalyst may be effectly applied.
[0040] The terms "cyclic" and "ring" refer to alicyclic or aromatic groups that may or may not be substituted and/or heteroatom-containing, and that may be monocyclic, bicyclic, or polycyclic. The term "alicyclic" is used in the conventional sense to refer to an aliphatic cyclic moiety, as opposed to an aromatic cyclic moiety, and may be monocyclic, bicyclic, or polycyclic. The term "acyclic" refers to a structure in which the double bond is not contained within a ring structure.
[0041] The terms "halo," "halide," and "halogen" are used in the conventional sense to refer to a chloro, bromo, fluoro, or iodo substituent.
[0042] As used herein, the terms "substrate" or "organic substrate" are intended to connote both discrete small molecules (sometimes described as "organic compounds") and oligomers and polymers containing the named functional group or unsaturated bond.
[0043] The term "ligand" is intended to connote a compound capable of coordinating to a metal atom or ion, including transition metal, or a compound which is actually coordinated to such a metal, including transition metal, atom or ion. The term is used in the present context for clarity and convenience only, and is not intended to limit the scope of such compounds to this purpose. In this regard, reference to compounds and ligands are used interchangeably, and the person of ordinary skill would be able to understand as such in the context of the description. In addition, where a structure or formula is presented for a ligand or compound, it should also be appreciated that this structure or formula includes any corresponding salt. In the case of amines, this includes amines quaternized, for example, by alkyl or benzyl halides or protic acids.
[0044] By "substituted" as in "substituted alkyl," "substituted aryl," and the like, as alluded to in some of the aforementioned definitions, is meant that in the alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or other moiety, at least one hydrogen atom bound to a carbon (or other) atom is replaced with one or more non-hydrogen substituents. Examples of such substituents include, without limitation, functional groups such as halo (e.g., F, CI, Br, I), hydroxyl, C1-C24 alkyl (including C3-8 cycloalkyl), C1-C24 alkoxy, C5-C24 aryl, C5-C24 aryloxy, acyl (including C1-C24
alkylcarbonyl (-CO-alkyl) and C6-C24 arylcarbonyl (-CO-aryl)), C2-C24 alkoxycarbonyl ((CO)- O-alkyl), C6-C24 aryloxycarbonyl (-(CO)-O-aryl), carboxy (-COOH), carboxylato (-COO-), carbamoyl (-(CO)-NH2), cyano(-C≡N), formyl (-(CO)-H), nitro, amino ( -NH2), mono-(Ci-C24 alkyl)-substituted amino, di-( C1-C24 alkyl)-substituted amino, phosphines, and phosphine oxides. Within these substituent structures, the "alkyl," "alkylene," "alkenyl," "alkenylene," "alkynyl," "alkynylene," "alkoxy," "aromatic," "aryl," "aryloxy," "alkaryl," and "aralkyl" moieties may be optionally fluorinated or perfluorinated. Additionally, reference to alcohols, aldehydes, amines, carboxylic acids, ketones, or other similarly reactive functional groups also includes their protected analogs.
[0045] "Optional" or "optionally" means that the subsequently described circumstance may or may not occur, so that the description includes embodiments where the circumstance occurs and instances where it does not. For example, the phrase "optionally substituted" means that a non-hydrogen substituent may or may not be present on a given atom, and, thus, the description includes structures wherein a non-hydrogen substituent is present and structures wherein a non-hydrogen substituent is not present. It is to be understood that the various pendant groups (including the 2-thiophenyl groups) are intended to include both substituted and unsubstituted moieties. It is also to be understood that, in certain embodiments, the term
"optionally substituted" applies to the terms alkyl, alkylene, alkenyl, alkenylene,alkynyl, alkynylene, alkoxy, aromatic, aryl, heteraryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, and aralkyl (including their specific exemplars, e.g., phenyl), even if not explicitly stated as such (for example, in provided structure depictions) - i.e., the structures included substituted and unstubstituted embodiments.
[0046] Ligands [0047] Certain specific embodiments of ligands include those having a structure of Formula (I), Formula (II), Formula (III), or Formula (IV):
Figure imgf000014_0001
Ri and R5 are independently at each occurrence optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted arylalkyl; R5 may also be independently optionally substituted alkoxy or optionally substituted aryloxy;
R2, R3, and R4 are independently at each occurrence H, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C3-6 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted arylalkyl; and
m is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
n is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
q is 1, 2, 3, or 4; and
z is 0 or 1. See also FIG. 1
[0048] In certain of these embodiments, any one or more (i.e., including any subset collection) of the compounds:
Figure imgf000015_0001
is independently excluded from the scope of Formula(I). In other embodiments, the compounds of Formula (I), where m = n = 1 and Ri is phenyl and E is morpholinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, or dimethylamino are specifically excluded from the scope of the present invention. In still other embodiments, the compounds of Formula (I), where m = n = 1 and Ri is phenyl are excluded from the scope of the present invention. In other separate and independent embodiments of the compounds of Formula (I), when m = 1 or 2, n= 1 or 2, then E is independently not phenyl or not methyl. In still other embodiments of the compounds of Formula (I), when m = 1 or 2, n = 1 or 2, Ri is methyl or phenyl, and E is morpholinyl, piperazinyl, and pyrrolidinyl, or dimethylamino, then R2 is not H.
[0049] Even more generally, it should be appreciated that any compound (ligand or coordination complex / catalyst) known at the time of the invention is to be considered a separate exclusion to the more general descriptions provided here. However, where the ligand by itself is excluded as above, the coordination complex / catalyst may still be considered within the scope of the invention. For example, whereas these various described compounds, genera, or subgenera may be excluded from the scope of this invention as ligands or discrete compounds, those catalysts, including those of ruthenium and iridium, which comprise these ligands may still be within the scope of the invention. That is, in certain separate embodiments, the descriptions of catalysts include and exclude the specific genera, subgenera, or complexes comprising these ligand compounds. Both are are considered within the scope of the invention.
[0050] In addition to the descriptions provided elsewhere herein for the definition of optionally substituents, certain other embodiments in the preceding context include those where the optional substituents include amino, alkyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, aryl, aryloxy,
carboxylato, C3_6 cycloalkyl, halo, hydroxy, hydroxycarbonyl, thioalkyl, or thiolaryl. In certain specific independent embodiments, the term "optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl," at least with respect to R2, includes the substitutents:
Figure imgf000016_0001
where independent embodiments provide for any of the various permutations of n, z, and R5 are defined herein. In certain of these embodiments, n is 1, 2, or 3 (preferably 2), z is 0 or 1, and Ri, and R5 are phenyl.
[0051] Other inventive ligands include those having a structure of Formula (V), Formula (VI), Formula (VII), Formula (VIII), Formula (IX), Formula (X):
Figure imgf000016_0002
Figure imgf000017_0001
or an achiral isomer, enantiomer, diasteriomer, isomeric mixture, and/or salt thereof,
wherein
Ri, R2, n, and z are as defined as for the compounds of Formulae (I) to (IV) (note that in the structures of Formulae (IX) and (X), when z is 0, the carbonyl group is replaced by a methylene);
Rs is H, -(CH2)n-S-Ri or -(CH2)n-(2-thiophenyl) or -(CH2)n-P(0)z(R5)2; and
R7 and R8 are independently H, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl, or optionally substituted arylalkyl, or together with the carbons to which they are bound form a 5-7 membered cyclic or 5-7 membered heterocyclic ring, provided that only one of R7 and Rg is H. Such heterocyclic rings include those comprising 1 or 2 independent O or N ring atoms. Such exemplary structures include those wherein R7 and R8, together with the carbons to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, [l,4]dioxanyl, or [l,3]dioxolanyl ring. Such embodiments include structures such as:
Figure imgf000017_0002
wherein Rg is -H, -CH2CH2S(phenyl). -CH2CH2P(=0)(phenyl)2, or - CH2CH2P(phenyl)2; and
Figure imgf000018_0001
where each Ri is independently phenyl, benzyl, methyl, tert-butyl. See also FIG. 2.
[0052] Further independent embodiments include those ligands of Formulae (I) to (X), in which Ri is independently methyl, phenyl, or benzyl.
[0053] Still further independent embodiments include those ligands of Formulae (I) to (X), in which each R2 is independently H, benzyl, methyl, naphthyl, phenyl, propyl,
ethylenediphenyl phosphine or ethylenediphenyl phosphine oxide.
[0054] Yet other independent embodiments include those ligands of Formulae (I) to (XII), in which each R3 is independently methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert- butyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, benzyl (- Bn), or phenyl (-Ph), or any subset thereof (e.g., H, methyl, phenyl, or benzyl; or H or methyl).
[0055] The ligands of Formulae (I) to (X) may also independently comprise
embodiments where R5 is independently lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, or phenyl.
[0056] To this point, the substituent E has been described in terms of structures where q is 1, 2, 3, or 4, or any combination thereof, but in particular independent embodiments, n is 1 or 2, such that E is oxadolidinyl, morpholinyl, imidazolidinyl, N-methyl-imidazolidinyl, piperazinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, aziridinyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl,
dimethylamino, diethylamino, or ethylmethylamino. In other embodiments, E is diarylphosphine or diarylphosphine oxide, dialkylphosphine or dialkylphosphine oxide, alkylarylphosphine or alkylarylphosphine oxide, diarylphosphite or diarylphosphate, dialkylphosphite or
dialkylphosphate, or alkylarylphosphite or alkylarylphosphate.
[0057] Similarly, m and n have been described in terms of 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, or any subset thereof. In particular independent embodiments of Formulae (I) to (X), m = n = 1, provided that the ligand / compound is not excluded as described herein. In other embodiment, m is 1 and n is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, or a subset thereof. Other embodiments of Formulae (I) to (X) provide that n is 1 and m is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, or a subset thereof. Similarly, m and n may be independently 2, 3, 4, or 5, or any subset thereof, as applied to any of the compounds of Formulae (I) to (X).
[0058] It should also be appreciated that each of the embodiments described in terms of the ligands of Formulae (I) to (X) may be applied in combination with any other described embodiment(s).
[0059] In some non-limiting examples, the ligands have a structure:
Figure imgf000019_0001
or
Figure imgf000019_0002
[0060] In other non-limiting examples, the ligands have a structure:
Figure imgf000019_0003
Figure imgf000020_0001
where z is 0 or 1. In specific examples of these, R2 is H or methyl.
[0061] Some exemplary ligands of Formula (I), in which in which m = n =1 and Ri is benz l and R2 is hydrogen include the following:
Figure imgf000020_0002
Figure imgf000021_0001
Figure imgf000022_0001
Figure imgf000023_0001
[0062] Some exemplary ligands of Formula (I), in which in which
Figure imgf000023_0002
Figure imgf000024_0001
22
Figure imgf000025_0001

Figure imgf000026_0001

Figure imgf000027_0001
Figure imgf000028_0001

Figure imgf000029_0001

Figure imgf000030_0001
[0065] Some exemplary ligands of Formula (I), in which in which m = 1, n = 2, Ri is phenyl and R2 is alkyl or aryl include the following:
Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000032_0001
30
Figure imgf000033_0001
31
Figure imgf000034_0001
Figure imgf000035_0001
33
Figure imgf000036_0001
Figure imgf000037_0001
Figure imgf000038_0001
Figure imgf000039_0001

Figure imgf000040_0001

Figure imgf000041_0001
Figure imgf000042_0001
Figure imgf000043_0001
[0070] A comparable diversity of structures is also available for the other ligands of Formulae (II) to (X).
[0071] Also, so as to help with later descriptions, the ligands of Formulae (I) to (XII) may be described in terms of their heteroatom functionality as NNS-type, P(0)NS-type, PNS- type, SNNS-type, SNNP(0)-type, or SNNP-type ligands, depending on the specific nature of E
[0072] Catalysts
[0073] The present invention is also directed to the coordination complexes or catalysts which comprise at least one of the inventive ligands. Again, the terms coordination complex and catalyst may be used interchangeably and are intended to refer to the organometallic entity. While the complexes are useful as catalysts, the use of the term catalyst should not be interpreted to limit the scope of the complexes to this purpose
[0074] Some of these catalysts comprise catalysts having at least one ligand of Formulae (I) to (X), including NNS-type, P(0)NS-type, PNS-type, SNNS-type, SNNP(0)-type, or SNNP- type ligands, or any described permutations thereof, coordinated to at least one transition metal. As exemplified in the Examples, such catalysts may be formed by reacting a suitable transition metal precursor with at least one of the ligands described herein. In many cases, this involves the reaction of the corresponding metal chloride or metal olefin complex with the appropriate ligand. While the ligands have been described in terms of certain exclusions, for example, excluding:
Figure imgf000044_0001
among other specific and generic ligand embodiments, the catalysts are not necessarily so limited, and in separate embodiments, the catalysts may be free of any individual or combination of excluded ligands or include and or all such ligands or ligand embodiments described herein.
[0075] As used herein, the term "transition metal" includes any metal of Group 4 to Group 12, including the lanthanides and actinides, preferably one of the Group 6 to Group 11 transition metals. Such transition metals include, but are not limited to Ti, V, Zr, Hf, Cr, Mo, W, Mn, Re, Fe, Ru, Os, Co, Rh, Ir, La, Ni, Pd, Pt, Cu, Ag, Au, Zn, and Sm, preferably Cr, Co, Cu, Fe, Mn, Mo, Ni, Os, Pd, Rh, Sm, or W, or any subset combination thereof. In some
embodiments, the catalysts comprise Fe, Ru, Os, Co, Rh, or Ir, or any subset combination thereof. See also FIG. 6. In other specific embodiments, the catalysts comprise ruthenium or iridium.
[0076] Some of the catalysts may be described more specifically in terms of their stoichiometries. For example, in some independent embodiments, the ratio of the ligand to transition metal is usually 1 to 1. Further, the catalysts may contain one, two, or more transition metals per molecular entity. The ligands may bridge multiple transition metal centers, or may be monodentate, bidentate, tridentate, or tetradentate with respect to any individual transition metal center.
[0077] Depending on the nature of the transition metal and ligand combination, other ligands, including formally anionic ligands, neutral ligands, or cationic ligands, may be coordinated to the transition metal. Exemplary anionic ligands include optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted alkoxy (e.g., methoxy or benzyloxy), optionally substituted aryloxy (e.g., phenoxy), optionally fluorinated carboxylato (e.g., mono-, di-, or trifluoroacetic acid), halo (including fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo), hydrido, hydroxy, NO, OTf (triflate), OTs (tosylate), phosphate, or BH4. In some embodiments, at least one of the formally anionic ligands is chloro. [0078] Exemplary neutral ligands include C, N, O, P, or S-bonded ligands, such as are known in the art for such transition metal complexes. Such ligands include alkyl or aryl nitriles, alkyl, aryl, or unsubstituted primary, secondary, or tertiary amines, carbonyl, alkyl or aryl ethers (including cyclic ethers, such as tetrahydrofuran), olefins, phosphines, phosphine oxides, phosphites, or alkyl or aryl sulfoxide or other solvent molecules (including lower alcohols and water). Phosphines, phosphine oxides, and phosphites can comprise optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted arylalkyl moieties, again as are known in the art.
[0079] In certain specific embodiments, the catalysts may comprise ruthenium having an empirical formula Ru(NNS)XiX2L, Ru[P(0)NS]XiX2L, Ru(PNS)XiX2L, Ru(SNNS)XiX2L, Ru[SNNP(0)]XiX2L, or Ru(SNNP)XiX2L wherein
NNS, P(0)NS, PNS, SNNS, SNNP(O), or SNNP is a NNS-type, P(0)NS-type, PNS- type, SNNS-type, SNNP(0)-type, or SNNP-type, respectively;
Xi and X2 are independently formally anionic ligands; and
L is absent or a neutral ligand. L may be absent, for example, when the coordination sphere of the Ru is satisfied without the need for another neutral ligand.
[0080] In some embodiments, the catalysts comprise ruthenium having an empirical formula Ru(NNS)XiX2L, wherein NNS, Xls X2, and L are as described herein. The catalyst may be independently mononuclear or dinuclear with respect to the ruthenium.
[0081] Certain exemplary, non-limiting embodiments provide that the structures of the inventive ruthenium complexes may be represented as:
Figure imgf000045_0001
Figure imgf000046_0001
Figure imgf000046_0002
or an isomer thereof, wherein Rl s R2, R3, Xi, X2, m, n, z, and E are defined in terms of any of the definitions for these terms provided herein. See also FIG. 3A and 5.
[0082] Additional specific embodiments include those of Structures (A) to (H), wherein:
Xi and X2 are independently halo (especially CI), H, OTf, BH4,
m and n are independently 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5, or a subset thereof;
z is independently 0 or 1 ;
L is independently -S(=0)(CH3)2, -CO, -PPh3, -PCy3, -PMe3, -PfPr3, -P'Bu3, or
-PPh3 and
Ri is alkyl, aryl, or arylalkyl ( e.g., methyl, phenyl, and benzyl);
R2 is H, alkyl, aryl, or arylalkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, 1 -butyl, 2-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, benzyl, or phenyl); and
R3 is alkyl, aryl, or arylalkyl (for methyl (-CH3), cyclohexyl (-Cy), benzyl (-Bn, -CH2Ph), phenyl (-Ph) or napthyl).
[0083] Structures (A) where:
(i) m = n = 1 , Xi = Xi = CI, L is PPh3, and Ri is separately methyl, benzyl, or phenyl;
(ii) m = n = 1 , Xi = Xi = CI, Ri is phenyl, and L is CH3S(0)CH3; and
(iii) m = 1 , n = 2, Xi = Xi = CI, Ri is benzyl, and L is PPh3;
Structures (B) and (C) where (i) Ri is phenyl, R2 is H, R3 is methyl, and L is PPh3; Structure (D) where m = n = 1, Ri is methyl, R2 is H, R5 is phenyl, and Xi is CI; and
Structure (F) where m = n = 1, Ri is phenyl, and R2 is H, have all been characterized crystallographically in these conformations.
[0084] Further exemplary, non-limiting embodiments include those where the structures of the inventive ruthenium complexes may be represented as:
Figure imgf000047_0001
or an isomer thereof, wherein
the variables presented, including R2, R3, m, n, and E, are defined in terms of any of the definitions for these terms provided herein. See also FIGs. 3B and 5.
[0085] Additional specific embodiments include those compounds of Structures (J), (K), or (L) wherein:
m and n are independently 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 or a subset thereof;
Ri is alkyl, aryl, or arylalkyl( e.g., methyl, phenyl, and benzyl); P 2 is H, alkyl, aryl, or arylalkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, 1 -butyl, 2-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, benzyl, or phenyl);
L is independently -S(=0)(CH3)2, CO, or -PPh3, -PCy3, -PMe3, -PfPr3, -P'Bus, or-PPh3; E is
Figure imgf000048_0001
each R3 is independently methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, 1 -butyl, 2-butyl, isobutyl, tert- butyl, benzyl (-Bn), and phenyl (-Ph), and
q is 1, 2, 3, or 4. Exemplary related structures are shown in FIGs. 3A, 3B, and 5.
[0086] Structure (J), where m = 2, n = 1, L = PPh3, and E is morpholinyl, and Structure (K) where m = n = 1 and E is morpholinyl have been characterized crystallographically in these conformations, though other conformers, isomers, or toutomers may exist in solution.
[0087] In other embodiments, the catalysts may comprise iridium having an empirical formula Ir(NNS)XiL, Ir[P(0)NS]XiL, Ir(PNS)XiL, Ir(SNNS)XiL, Ir[SNNP(0)]XiL, or
Ir(S NP)XiL wherein
NNS, P(0)NS, PNS, SNNS, SNNP(O), or SNNP is a NNS-type, P(0)NS-type, PNS- type, SNNS-type, SNNP(0)-type, or SNNP-type, respectively;
Xi is a formally anionic ligand; and
L is a neutral ligand.
[0088] In preferred embodiments, the catalysts comprise iridium having an empirical formula Ir(NNS)X1L, wherein NNS, Xi, X2, and L are as described herein.
[0089] In this regard, certain other exemplary, non-limiting embodiments provide that the structures of the inventive iridium com lexes may be represented as:
Figure imgf000048_0002
or an isomer thereof, wherein R2, Xi, m, n, and E are defined in terms of any of the definitions for these terms provided herein. Such structures include, for example:
Figure imgf000049_0001
Additional related structures are shown in FIGs. 4 and 5. In certain aspects of these N-structures, ortho-metallated complexes may be seen as tautomer of the un-metallated complex, and isomer includes geometric isomers, for example, having ligands positioned differently than shown.
[0090] Similarly, in some organometallic complexes containing PN(H)P-type ligands, the saturated ethylene bridges between the N and P moieties are known to reversibly hydrogenate / dehydrogenate, converting these bridges to unsaturated ethenylene linkages. See, e.g., Κ¾β et ah, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2009, 48, 905. Such structures having unsaturated ethenylene
linkages would be considered tautomers of the presently inventive complexes and within the scope of the present invention as such.
[0091] Additional specific embodiments include those wherein m and n are
independently 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, or a subset thereof;
Xi is halo (e.g., chloro), optionally fluorinated carboxylato (including trifluoroacetato), H, OTf, or BH4,;
P 2 is H, alkyl, arylalkyl, or aryl;
E is
Figure imgf000049_0002
(each of these representing independent embodiments)
each P 3 is independently methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, 1 -butyl, 2-butyl, isobutyl, tert- butyl, benzyl (-Bn), or phenyl (-Ph); and
q is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
[0092] Structure (M), where m = n = 1 and E is morpholinyl, and Structure (N) where (i) m = 2, n = 1 , P 2 is H, and E is morpholinyl and (ii) m = n = 2, E is morpholinyl, and R2 is
separately H and methyl, have all been characterized crystallographically in these conformations. [0093] In some iridium complexes, as shown above, the nature of the species described by these empirical formulae comprise ortho-metallated ligands. While such complexes are chemically distinct from their non-ortho-metallated conformers, they may also be described either as isomers or tautomers of one another.
[0094] In the case of at least these ruthenium and iridium complexes, other embodiments have been prepared where L is-S(=0)(CH3)2, CO, nitrile, or -PPh3, -PCy3, -PMe3, -PfPr3, - or -PPh3. In the case of iridium complexes, some embodiments include those where L is an olefin or a cycloolefm, for example cyclooctene.
[0095] In addition to the ortho-metallation described above, in some embodiments, the transition metal coordination complex may be capable of oxidatively adding H2, dihalogen (e.g., Cl2, Br2, 12), carboxylate acid (e.g., acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, or benzoic acid), hydrogen halide (e.g., HC1, HBr, or HI), alkyl or benzyl halide (e.g., Mel), and dioxygen, as such reactions are known in the art, and the resulting oxidative adducts are considered within the scope of the present invention.
[0096] All of the catalysts described elsewhere herein (including in the Examples), including isomers or tautomers, or N-alkylated, N-arylated, and N-aralkylated derivatives thereof, may be considered within the scope of the present invention.
Catalytic Reactions
[0097] The present invention is also directed to the use of these coordination complexes or catalysts for the hydrogenation of certain substrates, and the methods of affecting these transformations. These hydrogenations may use dihydrogen or formic acid as the source of the hydrogen in these transformations, and the catalyst may be present in the corresponding reaction mixture either as delivered to the reaction or as derived in situ from the presence of catalyst complex under the reaction conditions.
[0098] In certain embodiments, the methods comprise reacting an organic substrate having an unsaturated bond with a source of hydrogen (e.g., dihydrogen, a secondary alcohol, formic acid, or a combination thereof) in the presence of one of the inventive catalysts, under reaction conditions sufficient to hydrogenate the unsaturated bond. The unsaturated bond of the organic substrate may independently be at least one of an >C=C< (alkenyl), -C≡C- (alkynyl), >C=0, >C=N-, -C≡N, -N=0, or -N=N- (azo) bond. In such cases, the organic substrate having the unsaturated C=C, C=0, or C=N bond comprises an aldehyde, ketone, an imine, an imide, a carboxylic acid, an acid anhydride, an ester, an amide (carboxamide), a carbonic anhydride ester (carbonate), a carbamic acid ester (carbamate), or a urea functional group. Organic carbonyl or imine double bonds are particularly attractive substrates for these catalysts. The unsaturated bonds may be functionalized or non-functionalized, conjugated or non-conjugated. Other bifunctional catalysts have been shown to exhibit exceptionally high C=0 / C=C
chemoselectivity, and similar selectivity can reasonably be expected with the inventive catalysts described herein.
[0099] In certain other embodiments, and especially but not exclusively those in which the catalysts are bifunctional (i.e., the ones bearing ligand NH functionalities), the catalysts independently catalyze the hydrogenation of ketones and imines, and in the case of those catalysts containing chiral ligands may provide for asymmetric ketone hydrogenation and stereoselective catalytic C-N and C-C bond-forming reactions (e.g, aziridination of alkenes). Other catalysts provide for the asymmetric transfer hydrogenation of ketones and imines, asymmetric hydrogenation of polar functionalities, asymmetric Michael reaction of 1,3- dicarbonyl compounds with cyclic enones and nitroalkenes, aerobic oxidative kinetic resolution of racemic secondary alcohols and asymmetric hydration of nitriles. Such other catalysts may also be useful for C02, carbonates, ester hydrogenation, and various acceptorless
dehydrogenations. Under certain well-understood conditions, these catalysts may act as precatalysts in C02 hydrogenation and electroreduction, ester hydrogenation, ketone transfer hydrogenations, the so lvo lysis of ammonia borane, and the amination of aliphatic alcohols.
[0100] In certain other embodiments, the methods comprise reacting carbon dioxide, either as carbon dioxide or as a hydration or alcoholic product thereof (e.g., a carbonate) with a source of hydrogen (typically dihydrogen) in the presence of one of the inventive catalysts, under reaction conditions sufficient to hydrogenate the unsaturated bond.
[0101] These reactions may be conveniently conducted in polar or non-polar solvents in the presence of base co-catalysts. Solvents which have been successfully employed include aromatic hydrocarbons (aryl or heteroaryl solvents), alcohols, nitriles, ethers, or even water (see Examples for some specific exemplary, non-limiting examples). The solvents are chosen so as to provide a system wherein at least a portion, and preferably all, of the catalyst, the co-catalyst, the source of hydrogen, and the substrate dissolve to form a solution capable of affecting the desired transformation. The reactions may be conducted in such solvents at even mild temperatures and moderate pressures. Exemplary operable temperature ranges including those ranges from about 10°C to about 15°C, from about 15°C to about 20°C, from about 20°C to about 25°C, from about 25°C to about 30°C, from about 30°C to about 35°C, from about 35°C to about 40°C, from about 40°C to about 45°C, from about 45°C to about 50°C, from about 50°C to about 55°C, from about 55°C to about 60°C, from about 60°C to about 65°C, from about 65°C to about 70°C, from about 70°C to about 75°C, from about 75°C to about 80°C, from about 80°C to about 85°C, from about 85°C to about 90°C, from about 90°C to about 95°C, from about 95°C to about 100°C, from about 100°C to about 120°C, from about 120°C to about 140°C, from about 140°C to about 160°C, from about 160°C to about 180°C, from about 180°C to about 200°C, or any combination of these ranges, for example, from about 20°C to about 100°C, from about 25°C to about 60°C, or from about 35°C to about 50°C. Exemplary pressure ranges include those ranges from about 1 bar to about 2 bar, from about 2 bar to about 3 bar, from about 3 bar to about 4 bar, from about 4 bar to about 5 bar, from about 5 bar to about 10 bar, from about 10 bar to about 15 bar, from about 15 bar to about 20 bar, from about 20 bar to about 25 bar, from about 25 bar to about 30 bar, from about 30 bar to about 40 bar, from about 40 bar to about 50 bar, or any combination of these ranges, for example, from about 2 bar to about 50 bar, or from about 5 bar to about 25 bar, where "bar" refers to absolute pressure. In the case of hydrogen, these conditions provide sufficient dissolution of hydrogen in most solvents to provide a reaction mixture having convenient turnover rates.
[0102] A basic co-catalyst appears to be useful in imparting catalytic activity, especially with the bifunctional complexes. Good success has been achieved using alkoxide bases, for example sodium methoxide, though it is envisioned that other alkali metal or alkaline earth metal alkoxides (e.g., including specifically isopropoxides or tert-butoxides) will work as well.
Without intending to be bound by the correctness or incorrectness of any particular theory, it may be that the alkoxide activates the transition metal catalyst by displacing other anionic ligands. (see, e.g., FIG. 8).
[0103] The catalysts appear to be usefully active, especially those based on ruthenium and iridium, and good success has been achieved under these conditions where the substrate to catalyst ratio is in a range of from about 1000:1 to about 50,000: 1, though the invention is not necessarily limited to these conditions. [0104] The following listing of embodiments is intended to complement, rather than displace or supersede, the previous descriptions.
[0105] Embodiment 1. A ligand having a structure of Formula (I), Formula (II), Formula (III), or Formula (IV):
Figure imgf000053_0001
Ri and R5 are independently at each occurrence optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, C3_6 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted arylalkyl; R5 may also be independently optionally substituted alkoxy or optionally substituted aryloxy;
R2, R3, and R4 are independently at each occurrence H, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, C3_6 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted arylalkyl; and
m is 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5;
n is 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5;
q is 1 , 2, 3, or 4; and
z is independently 0 or 1. In certain aspects of this Embodiment, R2 is not H.
In certain aspects of this Embodiment, the one or more of the following compounds may be individually or collectively, in any subset permutation, excluded from the genus of Formula (I):
Figure imgf000054_0001
Other aspects of this Embodiment exclude the independent compounds of Formula (I) where m = n = 1 and Ri is phenyl and E is morpholinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, or dimethylamino.
In still other embodiments, the compounds of Formula (I), where m is independently 1 or 2, n is independently 1 or 2, and Ri is independently phenyl or methyl are excluded from the scope of the present invention. In other separate and independent embodiments of the compounds of Formula (I), when m = 1 or 2, n= 1 or 2, then E is independently not phenyl or not methyl. In still other independent embodiments of the compounds of Formula (I), when m is independently 1 or 2, n is independently 1 or 2, Ri is independently methyl or phenyl, and E is independently morpholinyl, piperazinyl, and pyrrolidinyl, or dimethylamino in the compounds of Formula (I), then R2 is not H. Still other aspects of this Embodiment include the salts of these compounds. [0106] Embodiment 2. A ligand having a structure of Formula (V), Formula (VI), Formula (VII), Formula (VIII), Formula (IX), Formula (X):
Figure imgf000055_0001
or an achiral isomer, enantiomer, diasteriomer, isomeric mixture, and/or salt thereof, wherein
Ri, R2, R5, n, and z are as defined in claim 1;
Rs is H, -(CH2)n-S-Ri or -(CH2)n-(2-thiophenyl) or -(CH2)n-P(0)z(R5)2; and
R7 and R8 are independently H, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl, or optionally substituted arylalkyl, or together with the carbons to which they are bound form a 5-7 membered cyclic or heterocyclic ring, provided that only one of R7 and Rs is H,
[0107] Embodiment 3. The ligand of Embodiment 2, wherein R7 and Rs, together with the carbons to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, [l,4]dioxanyl, or [l,3]dioxolanyl ring.
[0108] Embodiment 4. The ligand of any one of Embodiments 1 to 3, wherein Ri is methyl, phenyl, or benzyl.
[0109] Embodiment 5. The ligand of any one of Embodiments 1 to 4, wherein R2 is H, methyl, phenyl, or benzyl.
[0110] Embodiment 6. The ligand of any one of Embodiments 1 to 5, wherein R2 is H.
[0111] Embodiment 7. The ligand of any one of Embodiments 1 to 5, wherein R2 is not H. In certain aspects of this Embodiment, R2 is methyl.
[0112] Embodiment 8. The ligand of any one of Embodiments 1 to 7, wherein R3 is independently methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, 1 -butyl, 2-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, benzyl (- Bn), or phenyl (-Ph).
[0113] Embodiment 9. The ligand of any one of Embodiments 1 to 8, where R5 is optionally substituted phenyl. In certain aspects of this Embodiment, R5 is unsubstituted phenyl.
[0114] Embodiment 10. The ligand of any one of Embodiments 1 to 9, wherein E is oxadolidinyl, morpholinyl, imidazolidinyl, N-methyl-imidazolidinyl, piperazinyl, N-methyl- piperazinyl, aziridinyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, dimethylamino, diethylamino, ethylmethylamino, diarylphosphme or diarylphosphme oxide, dialkylphosphine or dialkylphosphine oxide, alkylarylphosphine or alkylarylphosphine oxide, diarylphosphite or diarylphosphate, dialkylphosphite or dialkylphosphate, or alkylarylphosphite or alkylarylphosphate.
[0115] Embodiment 11. The ligand of any one of Embodiments 1 to 10, wherein m and n are 1.
[0116] Embodiment 12. The ligand of Embodiment 11, wherein Ri is methyl or benzyl.
[0117] Embodiment 13. The ligand of any one of Embodiments 1 to 10 or 12, wherein m is 2, 3, 4, or 5 and n is 1. [0118] Embodiment 14. The ligand of any one of Embodiments 1 to 10, wherein m and n are independently 2, 3, 4, or 5.
[0119] Embodiment 15. The ligand of Embodiment 1 or any one of Embodiments 4 to 10, as applied to claim 1, having a structure of Formula (IV).
[0120] Embodiment 16. The ligand of Embodiment 1 or 15, or any one of Embodiments 4 to 10, as applied to claim 1, having a structure of Formula (IV), wherein n is 2.
[0121] Embodiment 17. The ligand of Embodiment 1 having a structure of:
Figure imgf000057_0001
or the ligand of Embodiment 2 having a structure of:
Figure imgf000058_0001
where z is 0 or 1, especially where R2 is independently H or methyl.
[0122] Embodiment 18. A coordination complex comprising a ligand coordinated to at least one transition metal, wherein the ligand is at least one compound of Formulae (I) to (IV) of Embodiment 1 or any one of Embodiments 4 to 17, as applied to Embodiment 1.
[0123] Embodiment 19. A coordination complex comprising a ligand coordinated to at least one transition metal, wherein the ligand is at least one compound of Formulae (V) to (X) of Embodiment 2, or any one of Embodiments 3 to 17, as applied to Embodiment 2.
[0124] Embodiment 20. The coordination complex of Embodiment 18 or 19, wherein the transition metal comprises at least one of the Group 4 to Group 12 transition metals, preferably one of the Group 6 to Group 11 transition metals]
[0125] Embodiment 21. The coordination complex of Embodiment 18 or 19, wherein the transition metal comprises at least one of the Ti, V, Zr, Hf, Cr, Mo, W, Mn, Re, Fe, Ru, Os, Co, Rh, Ir, La, Ni, Pd, Pt, Cu, Ag, Au, or Zn, preferably Cr, Co, Cu, Fe, Mn, Mo, Ni, Os, Pd, Rh, Sm, or W.
[0126] Embodiment 22. The coordination complex of Embodiment 18 or 19, wherein the transition metal is ruthenium or iridium.
[0127] Embodiment 23. The coordination complex of Embodiment 22, wherein the transition metal is ruthenium, the complex having an empirical formula Ru(NNS)XiX2L, Ru[P(0)NS]XiX2L, Ru(PNS)XiX2L, Ru(SNNS)XiX2L, Ru[SNNP(0)]XiX2L, or
Ru(SNNP)XiX2L wherein NNS, P(0)NS, PNS, SNNS, SNNP(O), or SNNP is a NNS-type, P(0)NS-type, PNS-type, SNNS-type, SNNP(0)-type, or SNNP-type, respectively;
Xi and X2 are independently formally anionic ligands; and L is absent or a neutral ligand. In specific aspects of this Embodiment, the complex has an empirical formula of Ru(NNS)XiX2L.
[0128] Embodiment 24. The coordination complex of Embodiment 22, wherein the transition metal is iridium, the complex having an empirical formula Ir(NNS)X1L,
Ir[P(0)NS]XiL, Ir(PNS)XiL, Ir(S NS)XiL, Ir[SNNP(0)]XiL, or Ir(SNNP)XiL wherein NNS, P(0)NS, PNS, SNNS, SNNP(O), or SNNP is a NNS-type, P(0)NS-type, PNS-type, SNNS-type, SNNP(0)-type, or SNNP-type, respectively;
Xi is a formally anionic ligand; and
L is a neutral ligand. In specific aspects of this Embodiment, the complex has an empirical formula of Ir(NNS)XiL.
[0129] Embodiment 25. The coordination complex of Embodiment 23 or 24, wherein Xi and X2 are independently optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted aryloxy, optionally fluorinated carboxylato, halo
(including fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo), hydrido, hydroxy, NO, OTf (triflate), OTs (tosylate), phosphate, or BH4. In certain aspects of this embodiment, Xi and X2 are independently alkoxy, fluorinated carboxylato, halo, hydrido, NO, OTf (triflate), OTs (tosylate) or BH4.
[0130] Embodiment 26. The coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 23 to 25, wherein at least one of Xi and X2 is chloro.
[0131] Embodiment 27. The coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 23 to 26, wherein L is absent or a[n alkyl or aryl] nitrile, an [alkyl or aryl] amine, carbonyl, an [alkyl or aryl] ether, a[n alkyl or aryl] phosphine, a[n alkyl or aryl] phosphine oxide, a[n alkyl or aryl] phosphite, a[n alkyl or aryl] phosphate or a[n alkyl or aryl] sulfoxide.
[0132] Embodiment 28. The coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 23 to 27, wherein L is -S(=0)(CH3)2, CO, or -PPh3, -PCy3, -PMe3, -P'Pr3, -P'Bu^ or -PPh3.
[0133] Embodiment 29. The coordination complex of Embodiment 22 or any one of
Embodiments 25 to 28 as applied to claim 18, wherein the coordination complex is a dinuclear complex of ruthenium.
[0134] Embodiment 30. The coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 24 to 26, wherein L is an olefin. [0135] Embodiment 31. The coordination complex of Embodiment 30, wherein L is cyclooctene.
[0136] Embodiment 32. An oxidative addition product of the coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 23 to 29.
[0137] Embodiment 33. The oxidative addition product of Embodiment 32, derived from the addition of H2, dihalogen, hydrogen carboxylate, hydrogen halide, alkyl halide to a corresponding precursor coordination complex. In certain aspects of this Embodiment, the oxidative addition product is derived from the addition of HCl, HBr, HI, Cl2, Br2, 12, Mel, acetic acid, benzoic acid, and trifluoroacetic acid.
[0138] Embodiment 34. The coordination complex of Embodiment 18 or 19,
characterized as having a structure of any one of the compounds of FIG. 3 A, FIG. 3B, or FIGs. 4-8, or an isomer or tautomer thereof.
[0139] Embodiment 35. A method comprising reacting an organic substrate having at least one unsaturated >C=C< (alkenyl), -C≡C- (alkynyl), >C=0, >C=N- -C≡N, -N=0, or - N=N- (azo) bond with dihydrogen in the presence of a catalyst under reaction conditions sufficient to reduce the unsaturated bond by the addition of dihydrogen across the unsaturated bond, the catalyst being derived in situ from the presence of coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 18 to 34 under the reaction conditions.
[0140] Embodiment 36. A method comprising reacting an organic substrate having at least one unsaturated >C=C< (alkenyl), -C≡C- (alkynyl), >C=0, >C=N- -C≡N, -N=0, or - N=N- (azo) bond with formic acid in the presence of a catalyst under reaction conditions sufficient to reduce the unsaturated bond by the addition of dihydrogen across the unsaturated bond, the catalyst being comprising a coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 18 to 34 or derived in situ from the presence of coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 18 to 34 under the reaction conditions.
[0141] Embodiment 37. The method of Embodiment 35 or 36, wherein the unsaturated bond is a carbonyl or imine double bond.
[0142] Embodiment 38. The method of any one of Embodiments 35 to 37, wherein the organic substrate having the unsaturated C=C, C=0, or C=N bond comprises a ketone, an imine, an imide, a carboxylic acid, an acid anhydride, an ester, an amide (carboxamide), a carbonic anhydride ester (carbonate), a carbamic acid ester (carbamate), or a urea functional group.
[0143] Embodiment 39. A method comprising reacting carbon dioxide substrate with dihydrogen in the presence of a catalyst, the catalyst comprising a coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 18 to 34 or derived in situ from the presence of coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 18 to 34, under reaction conditions sufficient to reduce the carbon dioxide by the addition of dihydrogen thereto.
[0144] Embodiment 40. The method of any one of Embodiments 35 to 39, wherein the conditions sufficient to reduce the carbon dioxide or the unsaturated bond comprise reacting the substrate, the catalyst, and the dihydrogen in the presence of a solvent and a strong base.
[0145] Embodiment 41. The method of Embodiment 40, wherein the strong base is an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal alkoxide, preferably a methoxide, isopropoxide, or tert- butoxide.
[0146] Embodiment 42. A method comprising reacting a primary or secondary alcohol (including but not limited to methanol, ethanol, propanol, or isopropanol) in the presence of a catalyst under reaction conditions sufficient to dehydrogenate the primary or secondary alcohol, the catalyst comprising a coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 18 to 34 or derived in situ from the presence of coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 18 to 34 under the reaction conditions.
[0147] Embodiment 43. A method comprising reacting a primary or secondary alcohol (including but not limited to methanol, ethanol, propanol, or isopropanol) in the presence of a catalyst under reaction conditions sufficient to dehydrogenate the primary or secondary alcohol, the catalyst comprising a coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 18 to 34 or derived in situ from the presence of coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 18 to 34 under the reaction conditions.
[0148] Embodiment 44. A method comprising reacting an alkene substrate and appropriate reactant (as is known in the art), in the presence of a catalyst, under reaction conditions sufficient to form a cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl) or aziridine moiety, the catalyst comprising a coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 18 to 34 or derived in situ from the presence of coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 18 to 34 under the reaction conditions.
[0149] Embodiment 45. A method comprising reacting a nitrile, a borane, or an aliphatic alcohol, in the presence of a catalyst, under reaction conditions sufficient to hydrate the nitrile, solvate the borane, or aminate the alcohol, respectively, the catalyst comprising a coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 18 to 34 or derived in situ from the presence of
coordination complex of any one of Embodiments 18 to 34 under the reaction conditions.
EXAMPLES
[0150] The following Examples are provided to illustrate some of the concepts described within this disclosure. While each Example is considered to provide specific individual embodiments of composition, methods of preparation and use, none of the Examples should be considered to limit the more general embodiments described herein.
[0151] In the following examples, efforts have been made to ensure accuracy with respect to numbers used (e.g. amounts, temperature, etc.) but some experimental error and deviation should be accounted for. Unless indicated otherwise, temperature is in degrees Celsius, pressure is at or near atmospheric.
[0152] Example 1. Materials and Methods.
[0153] Phosphorus tribromide (99%, CAS Number 7789-60-8), 2-(phenylthio)ethanol (99%, CAS Number 699-12-7), 2-(methylthio)ethanol (99%, CAS Number 5271-38-5), ethylene sulfide (98%, CAS Number 420-12-2), trimethylene sulfide (>96.0%, CAS Number 287-27-4), 2-(4-morpholinyl)ethanamine (99%, CAS Number 2038-03-1), 3-morpholinopropylamine (CAS Number 123-00-2), l-(2-aminoethyl)pyrrolidine (98%, CAS Number 7154-73-6), l-(2- aminoethyl)piperazine (99%, CAS Number 140-31-8), 2-chloroethyl methyl sulfide (97%, CAS Number 542-81-4), 2-thiophenecarbaldehyde (98%, CAS Number 98-03-3), (lR,2R)-(-)-\,2- diaminocyclohexane ((R,R)-OACH, 98%, CAS Number 20439-47-8), diphenylvinylphosphine (95%, CAS Number 2155-96-6), H202 (30 wt. % in H20, CAS Number 7722-84-1), (2- methylthio)ethylamine (97%, CAS Number 18542-42-2) were purchased from Sigma Aldrich and used as received or preliminary distilled for selected liquids (see experimental procedures). Benzyl bromide (99%>, CAS Number 100-39-0) was purchased from Alfa Aesar, N,N- dimethylethylenediamine (>97.0%, CAS Number 108-00-9) was purchased from TCI. Anhydrous potassium carbonate (>99.0%) was purchased from Fischer Scientific, sodium methoxide (95%, powder, CAS Number 124-41-4) from Sigma Aldrich.
(Phenylsulfanyl)acetaldehyde (CAS Number 66303-55-7) was synthesized as described in J. Org. Chem. 1995, 60, 1276. All solvents for organic synthesis were purchased from Sigma Aldrich and used as received.
[0154] All syntheses of organometallic complexes were performed in an MBraun Labmaster 130 glovebox under argon. Dichloromethane (anhydrous, >99.8%, Sigma Aldrich), toluene (anhydrous, 99.8%, Sigma-Aldrich), THF (anhydrous, >99.9%%, Sigma Aldrich), diethyl ether (anhydrous, >99.7%, Sigma Aldrich), pentane (anhydrous, >99%>, Sigma Aldrich), methanol (anhydrous, 99.8%>, Sigma Aldrich), acetonitrile (anhydrous, 99.8%>, Sigma Aldrich), absolute ethanol (>99.5%, Sigma Aldrich), [RuCl2(PPh3)3] (97%, CAS Number 15529-49-4, Sigma Aldrich), [RuCl2(r|4-COD)]„ (97%, CAS Number 50982-12-2, STREM),
[RuCl2(DMSO)4] (96%, CAS Number 89395-66-4, Sigma Aldrich), [IrCl(r|2-COE)2]2 (97%, CAS Number 12246-51-4, Sigma Aldrich), MnCl2 (>99%, Sigma Aldrich), FeCl2 (98%, Sigma Aldrich), CoCl2 (97%, Acros Organics), NiCl2 (98%, Acros Organics), CuCl2 (>99.995%, Sigma Aldrich), Ru-MACHO (739103 Aldrich), Gusev's Ru-SNS (97%, 746339 Aldrich), Milstein's Ru-PNN (735809 Aldrich), ^i? Ts-DENEB (T3078, TCI), (i?)-RUCY-XylBINAP (R0139, TCI), Abdur-Rashid's Ir-PNP (min 98%, 77-0500 Strem) were used as received.
[0155] Elemental Analyses were performed by Midwest Microlab, LLC (Indianapolis, IN 46250) under air or under inert atmosphere of nitrogen or argon. All NMR experiments were carried out using a Bruker AV400 MHz spectrometer. 1H and ^C ^FI} NMR spectra were calibrated by using the residual deuterated solvent signal relative to TMS in ppm (δ). 19F NMR spectra were measured without lock but properly shimmed in methanol and calibrated relative to 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol (product C), with δ set at -77.0 ppm. Magnetic susceptibility
measurements (Gouy balance, Sherwood Scientific, r.t.) were performed with diamagnetic correction. X-Ray Data for C-2 were collected on a Bruker D8 Quest diffractometer, with CMOS detector in shutterless mode. The crystal was cooled to 100 K employing an Oxford Cryostream liquid nitrogen cryostat. Data for F-1, D-1, Cu-4, Cu-5 and Cu-8 were collected on a Bruker D8 diffractometer, with an APEX II CCD detector. The crystals were cooled to 140 K using a Bruker Kryoflex liquid nitrogen cryostat. Both instruments employed graphite monochromatized ΜοΚα (λ= 0.71073 A) radiation. For Cu-8, disordered acetonitrile and pentane solvent molecules were treated with Platon/Squeeze (4 acetonitrile and 1 pentane solvent per copper dimer). For D-l a disordered dichloromethane molecule was refined in two partial occupancy positions. The structures F-1, Cu-4, Cu-5, and Cu-8 had disordered thiophene moieties that were refined in two partial occupancy positions. Cell indexing, data collection, integration, structure solution, and refinement were performed using Bruker and Shelxtl software. Details will be published elsewhere.
[0156] 2-Bromoethyl phenyl sulfide (PhSCH2CH2Br), 2-bromoethyl methyl sulfide (MeSCH2CH2Br), 2-bromoethyl benzyl sulfide (BnSCH2CH2Br), and 3-bromopropyl benzyl sulfide (BnCH2CH2CH2Br) were prepared as described below, and shown in Scheme 1.
[0157] Synthesis of 2-bromoethyl phenyl sulfide (CAS Number 4837-01-8). 2- (phenylthio)ethanol (30 ml, 0.222 mol) was cooled using an ice bath. Phosphorus tribromide (7.1 ml, 0.076 mol) was carefully added dropwise to the now cold 2-(phenylthio)ethanol with stirring over the period of 15 min (the reaction is exothermic). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for another 30 min. The reaction was partitioned between 100 ml of ether and 50 ml of water. The organic phase was separated, dried over MgSCM, filtered and the solvent was removed by evaporation to give 44.7 g of the crude product, which was then purified by vacuum distillation. Yield: 43.6 g (91%).
[0158] Synthesis of 2-bromoethyl methyl sulfide (CAS Number 54187-93-8).
Phosphorus tribromide (6.6 ml, 0.070 mol) was carefully added dropwise to 2- (methylthio)ethanol with stirring (19.39 g, 0.210 mol) over the period of 60 min (the reaction is exothermic, so a 4°C ice-bath was used). To the resulting viscous mixture was added diethyl ether (75 ml) and then water (15 ml). The ice-bath was removed and the mixture was allowed to stir for approximately 1 min to afford two clear phases. The organic phase was separated (top of the separating funnel), dried over MgSCM, filtered and solvent was removed by evaporation to give 9.79 g of the crude product, which was then purified by vacuum distillation. Yield: 7.51 g (23%), transparent liquid.
[0159] Synthesis of 2-bromoethyl benzyl sulfide (CAS Number 60671-59-2). A neat mixture of benzyl bromide (25 grams, 17.4 ml, 0.108 mol) and ethylene sulfide (10.96 grams, 10.9 ml, 0.182 mol) was prepared and heated to 50°C while being monitored by 1H NMR spectroscopy for the disappearance of the benzyl bromide methylene proton signal at δ 4.53 ppm (cf. 3.79 ppm resonance of the product in CDC13). Less than 7%> was present after 24 hours, and less than 2% was present after 48 hours. After reacting for 65 hours, the solution was flushed with dry argon to remove excess ethylene sulfide (70°C, 20 min). The product was purified by distillation under vacuum. The first fraction that boiled at 50°C was collected. This fraction solidified during the distillation. Yield: 30.49 g (90%). After several weeks, the product solidified under air in the refrigerator. It therefore is recommended to use it immediately or within the first week for synthetic chemistry.
[0160] Synthesis of 3-bromopropyl benzyl sulfide (CAS Number 88738-51-6).
A mixture of trimethylene sulfide (7.09 grams, 0.096 mol) and benzyl bromide (10.4 ml, 0.088 mol) dry acetonitrile (45 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 26 hours. The acetonitrile was evaporated at reduced pressure (55°C, 1 h, 40 mbar) and the residue distilled in vacuo to yield 18.9 g (88%>) of a colorless oil containing 3-bromopropyl benzyl sulfide with approximately 6%> of BnBr.
[0161] Synthesis of diphenylvinylphosphine oxide (CAS Number 2096-78-8). To a solution of 25 g of diphenylvinylphosphine in 1000 ml of dichloromethane was added dropwise a solution of Η202 (30 ml, 30 wt .%> in H20, reagent) in water (100 ml) under stirring overnight. After completion of the reaction as verified by 31P{1H} NMR monitoring, to the mixture was added 1000 ml water and organic phase was separated. It was washed with water two times (1000 ml), dried over MgS04, filtered and evaporated to afford the product in 87%> yield (white solid, 23.38 g).
[0162] Example 2. Synthesis of NNS-Type Ligands
[0163] Chart 1 below illustrates the NNS-type ligands of the general formula
(E)N(CH2)mNH(CH2)„SRi that were synthesized and subsequently used to make embodiment complexes.
Chart 1
Figure imgf000066_0001
Figure imgf000066_0002
Figure imgf000066_0003
[0164] Ligands la, lb, lc, Id, le, 2a, 3a, 4a, 4b, and 5a were synthesized according to Scheme 1. The reactions were performed in air inside a fume hood. These ligands are colorless or yellow liquids and were characterized via elemental analysis, 1H and 13C{1H} NMR spectroscopy.
Figure imgf000067_0001
e 4b: R : Bn, y. 53%
NH,
K2C03, MeCN, 40 h, reflux
2a: y. 34%
2d: . 10%c
Figure imgf000067_0002
5a: y. 60%
Scheme 1. Synthesis of NN(H)S-type ligands 1-5 of the general formula
(E)N(CH2)mNH(CH2)„SRi: Isolated yields after fractional or simple (ligand 5a) vacuum distillations. aContains ~6% BnBr. bCrude yield in the 21 :79 mixture with 2-(4-(2- (phenylthio)ethyl)piperazin-l-yl)ethanamine. cSynthesis was performed only one time.
[0165] Example 2.1. Synthesis of ligand la (2-morpholino-N-(2- phenylthio)ethyl)ethylamine) . K2C03
MeCN
reflux, 16 h
16% 68% 16%
1 a
Scheme 2. Analysis of the N-Alkylation reaction by NMR after filtering the reaction mixture and further solvent evaporation.
[0166] To a solution of 2-(4-morpholinyl)ethanamine (13.1 ml, 0.1 mol) in acetonitrile (200 mL) were added successively 2-bromoethyl phenyl sulfide (15.1 ml, 0.1 mol) and anhydrous potassium carbonate (38.9 g, 0.28 mol) with stirring. The resulting suspension was refluxed for 16 h, cooled to room temperature, filtered (the residue on the filter was washed with acetonitrile, 2 x 15 ml) and the solvent was removed by evaporation on a rotavap to afford 24.78 g of a viscous yellow oil (55 °C, 1 h, 40 mbar). 1H NMR specroscopy performed on the oil revealed a mixture of three amines: the starting 2-morpholinoethylamine (16%), the desired product, 2-morpholino-N-(2-(phenylthio)ethyl)ethylamine (68%) and t2-morpholino-N,N-bis(2- (phenylthio)ethyl)ethylamine (16%>) as shown in Scheme 2. The desired product was obtained by fractional vacuum distillation on a simple distillation kit without theoretical plates. The first collected fraction that boiled at 35 - 39 °C corresponds to residual 2-(4-morpholinyl)ethanamine (recovery 1.97 g, ~ 2 ml, transparent liquid). The second collected fraction that boiled at 145 - 167 °C corresponds to the desired product. Isolated yield: 15.45 g (58%>, based on 2-bromoethyl phenyl sulfide) as a clear yellowish oil. Elem. Anal: Calcd for C14H22N2OS (266.40): C, 63.12;
H, 8.32; N, 10.52%; Found: C, 63.04; H, 8.22; N, 10.42%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ
I .77 (brs, 1H, NH), 2.43 (vt, 3JH-H ~ 5 Hz, 4H), 2.48 (t, 3JH-H = 6 Hz, 2H), 2.70 (t, 3JH-H = 6 Hz, 2H), 2.86 (t, 3JH-H = 6 Hz, 2H), 3.08 (t, 3JH-H = 6 Hz, 2H), 3.70 (t, 3JH-H ~ 5 Hz, 4H), 7.19 (t, 3JH- H ~ 7 Hz, lH^ra), 7.28 (t, 3JH-H ~ 8 Hz, 2Hmeta), 7.36 (d, 3JH-H ~ 8 Hz, 2Hortho). 13C{1H} (100.5 MHz, CDCI3, r.t.): δ 34.1 (s, 1C), 45.7 (s, 1C), 48.4 (s, 1C), 53.7 (s, 2C), 58.3 (s, 1C), 67.0 (s, 2C), 126.2 (s, \Cpara, Ph), 128.9 (s, 2Cortho, Ph), 130.0 (s, 2Cmeta, Ph), 135.9 (s, lC^).
[0167] Example 2.2. Synthesis of ligand lb (3-morpholino- V-(2- (phenylthio)ethyl)propan-l-amine). A solution of 3-morpholinopropylamine (14.6 ml, 0.1 mol) in acetonitrile (200 mL) was prepared. 2-bromoethyl phenyl sulfide (15.1 ml, 0.1 mol) was added to the solution with stirring, followed by anhydrous potassium carbonate (38.9 g, 0.28 mol) also with stirring. The resulting suspension was refluxed for 16 hours, cooled to room temperature, and filtered. The residue on the filter was washed with acetonitrile, 2 x 15 ml, and the solvent was removed by evaporation on a rotavap to afford 27.6 g of a viscous yellow oil (55 °C, 1 h, 40 mbar). Ligand lb was obtained by fractional vacuum distillation on a simple distillation kit containing two theoretical plates. The first collected fraction that boiled at 41 - 46°C corresponds to residual 3-morpholinopropylamine (recovery ~ 2.8 ml, transparent liquid). The second collected fraction that boiled at 141 - 156°C corresponds to ligand lb (isolated yield: 15.98 g (57%, based on 2-bromoethyl phenyl sulfide) as a clear almost transparent (slightly yellowish) oil. Elem. Anal: Calc'd for Ci5H24N2OS (280.43): C, 64.25; H, 8.63; N, 9.99%; Found: C, 64.13; H, 8.88; N, 9.99%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 1.56 (brs, 1H, NH), 1.64 (q, 3JH-H ~ 7 Hz, 2H), 2.36 (t, 3JH-H = 8 Hz, 2H), 2.40 (brs, 4H), 2.63 (t, 3JH-H = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.82 (t, 3JH-H = 7 Hz, 2H), 3.05 (t, 3JH_H = 7 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (t, 3JH_H ~ 4 Hz, 4H), 7.16 (t, 3JH_H ~ 7 Hz, para), 7.26 (t, JH-H ~ 8 Hz, 2Umeta), 7.34 (d, 3JH-H ~ 7 Hz, 2Uortho). 13C{1H} (100.5 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 26.7 (s, 1C), 34.2 (s, 1C), 48.1 (s, 1C), 48.3 (s, 1C), 53.8 (s, 2C), 57.3 (s, 1C), 67.0 (s, 2C), 126.1 (s, l Cpara, Ph 128.9 (s, 2Cortho, Ph 129.6 (s, 2Cmeta, Ph), 135.9 (s, 1C^0).).
[0168] Example 2.3. Synthesis of ligand lc (2-(phenylthio)- V-(2-(pyrrolidin-l- yl)ethyl)ethylamine). A solution of l-(2-aminoethyl)pyrrolidine (4.57 g, 0.04 mol) in acetonitrile (80 mL) was prepared. 2-bromoethyl phenyl sulfide (8.70 g, 0.04 mol) was added to the solution, followed by anhydrous potassium carbonate (15.20 g, 0.11 mol), with stirring. The resulting suspension was refluxed for 16 hours, cooled to room temperature, filtered (the filter was washed with acetonitrile 2 x 10 ml) and the solvent was removed by evaporation on a rotavap to afford 9.72 g of a viscous orange-yellow oil (60 °C, 1 h). Ligand lc was obtained by fractional vacuum distillation on a simple distillation kit containing two theoretical plates. The first collected fraction boiled at 26 - 28°C and corresponds to residual l-(2- aminoethyl)pyrrolidine (recovery approximately 1 ml). The second collected fraction boiled at 130 - 142 °C and corresponds to ligand lc. Isolated yield: 4.94 g (49%>, based on 2-bromoethyl phenyl sulfide) of a clear yellowish oil. Elem. Anal: Calc'd for Ci4H22N2S (250.40): C, 67.15;
H, 8.86; N, 11.19%; Found: C, 66.88; H, 8.59; N, 10.79%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ
I .67 (brs, 1H, NH), 1.78 (brs, 4Η), 2.50 (brs, 4Η), 2.59 (t, 3JH_H = 6 Hz, 2H), 2.74 (t, 3JH_H = 6 Hz, 2H), 2.88 (t, 3JH-H ~ 6 Hz, 2H), 3.08 (t, 3JH-H ~ 6 Hz, 2H), 7.19 (t, 3JH-H ~ 7 Hz, lH^ra), 7.29 (t, JH-H ~ 8 Hz, 2Hmeta), 7.37 (d, JH-H ~ 8 Hz, 2Hortho). 13C {1H} (100.5 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 23.5 (s, 2C), 34.2 (s, 1C), 48.3 (s, 1C), 48.6 (s, 1C), 54.2 (s, 2C), 56.0 (s, 1C), 126.1 (s, lC^ra, Ph), 128.9 (s, ICortho, Ph), 130.0 (s, 2Cmeta, Ph), 136.0 (s, 1C^0).
[0169] Example 2.4. Synthesis of ligand Id ( V , V -dimethyl- V2-(2- (phenylthio)ethyl)ethane-l,2-diamine). To a solution of N,N-dimethylethylenediamine (10.9 ml, 0.1 mol) in acetonitrile (200 mL) were added successively 2-bromoethyl phenyl sulfide (15.08 ml, 0.1 mol) and anhydrous potassium carbonate (38.9 g, 0.28 mol) with stirring. The resulting suspension was refluxed for 16 h, cooled to room temperature, filtered (the filter was washed with acetonitrile 2 x 15 ml) and the solvent was removed by evaporation on rotavap to afford 18.54 g of the viscous yellowish oil (60 °C, 1 h). The desired product was obtained by fractional vacuum distillation on a simple distillation kit containing two theoretical plates. The first collected fraction that boiled at 30 - 33 °C corresponds to N,N-dimethylethylenediamine (recovery ~ 2.9 ml). The second collected fraction that boiled at 90 - 1 10 °C corresponds to the desired product. Isolated yield: 1 1.22 g (50%, based on 2-bromoethyl phenyl sulfide) as a clear, almost transparent (slightly yellowish) oil. Elem. Anal.: Calcd for C12H20N2S (224.37): C, 64.24;
H, 8.99; N, 12.49%; Found: C, 64.19; H, 8.87; N, 12.46%.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ
I .83 (brs, 1H, NH), 2.19 (s, 6Η), 2.37 (t, 3JH_H = 6 Hz, 2H), 2.65 (t, 3JH_H = 6 Hz, 2H), 2.83 (t, JH-H ~ 7 Hz, 2H), 3.04 (t, 3JH_H ~ 7 Hz, 2H), 7.15 (t, 3JH_H ~ 7 Hz, mpara), 7.25 (t, 3JH_H ~ 8 Hz, 2Umeta), 7.33 (d, JH-H ~ 8 Hz, 2Uortho). 13C {1H} (100.5 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 34.1 (s, 1C), 45.5 (s, 2C), 47.0 (s, 1C), 48.6 (s, 1C), 59.1 (s, 1C), 126.1 (s, \Cpara, Ph), 128.9 (s, 2Cortho, Ph), 130.0 (s, 2Cmeta, Ph), 136.0 (s, lCipso).
[0170] Example 2.5. Synthesis of ligand le (2-(phenylthio)- V-(2-(piperazin-l- yl)ethyl)ethanamine). A solution of l-(2-aminoethyl)piperazine (13.1 ml, 0.1 mol) in acetonitrile (200 mL) was prepared. 2-bromoethyl phenyl sulfide (15.1 ml, 0.1 mol) was added to the solution, followed by anhydrous potassium carbonate (38.9 g, 0.28 mol), with stirring. The resulting suspension was refluxed for 16 h, cooled to room temperature, and filtered. The residue on the filter was washed with acetonitrile, 2 x 15 ml, and the solvent was removed by
evaporation on a rotavap to afford 25.45 g of a viscous orange liquid (55°C, 1 h, 40 mbar). Two fractions were distilled from this mixture. The first collected fraction boiled at 43 - 48°C and corresponds to residual l-(2-aminoethyl)piperazine (recovery ~ 4.3 ml, transparent liquid). The second collected fraction boiled at 152 - 173°C and corresponds to a mixture of 2-(4-(2- (phenylthio)ethyl)piperazin- 1 -yl)ethanamine and 2-(phenylthio)-N-(2-(piperazin- 1 - yl)ethyl)ethanamine in a 1 :0.27 ratio (8.36 g, yellow oil) according to 1H NMR Analysis. No further purification was performed.
[0171] Example 2.6. Synthesis of ligand 2a (2-(methylthio)- V-(2- morpholinoethyl)ethanamine). Method A (from MeSCH2CH2Br). A solution of 2-(4- morpholinyl)ethanamine (5.87 ml, 0.045 mol) in acetonitrile (90 mL) was prepared. 2- bromoethyl methyl sulfide (6.94 g, 0.045 mol) was added to the solution, followed by anhydrous potassium carbonate (17.4 g, 0.13 mol), with stirring. The resulting suspension was refluxed for 16 h, cooled to room temperature, filtered (the residue on the filter was washed with acetonitrile, 2 x 10 ml) and the solvent was removed by evaporation on a rotavap to afford 9.06 g of a yellow suspension (55°C, 1 h, 40 mbar). Ligand 2a was obtained by fractional vacuum distillation on a simple distillation kit without theoretical plates. The first collected fraction boiled at 30 - 31°C and presumably corresponds to residual 2-(4-morpholinyl)ethanamine (recovery was
approximately 1.6 ml, transparent liquid). The second collected fraction boiled at 91 - 1 15°C and corresponds to ligand 2a. Isolated yield: 3.50 g (38%, based on 2-bromoethyl methyl sulfide) as a transparent liquid. A note of caution: a higher boiling fraction (> 1 15°C) contains an admixture of tertiary amine. Elem. Anal: Calc'd for C9H20N2OS (204.33): C, 52.90; H, 9.87; N, 13.71%; Found: C, 52.98; H, 9.90; N, 13.53%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.18 (brs, 1H, NH), 2.42 (m, 4H), 2.48 (t, 3JH-H = 6 Hz, 2H), 2.64 (t, 3JH-H = 6 Hz, 2H), 2.71 (t, 3JH-H = 6 Hz, 2H), 2.82 (t, 3JH H = 6 Hz, 2H), 3.68 (vt, 3JH H ~ 5 Hz, 4H). 13C {1H} (100.5 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 15.3 (s, 1C), 34.3 (s, 1C), 45.7 (s, 1C), 48.0 (s, 1C), 53.7 (s, 2C), 58.2 (s, 1C), 67.0 (s, 2C).
[0172] Example 2.7. Synthesis of ligand 2a (2-(methylthio)- V-(2- morpholinoethyl)ethanamine). Method B (from MeSCH2CH2Cl). This method was similar to Method A above, but 2-chloroethyl methyl sulfide was used instead of 2-bromoethyl methyl sulfide and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 40 h instead of 16 h. Isolated yield of ligand 2a: 3.13 g (34% from 5 g of MeSCH2CH2Cl). Elem. Anal : Calc'd for C9H20N2OS (204.33): C, 52.90; H, 9.87; N, 13.71%; Found: C, 52.82; H, 10.03; N, 13.50%.
[0173] Example 2.8. Synthesis of ligand 2d ( V , V -dimethyl- V2-(2- (methylthio)ethyl)ethane-l,2-diamine). To a solution of N,N-dimethylethylenediamine (4.94 ml, 0.045 mol) in acetonitrile (90 mL) were added successively 2-chloroethyl methyl sulfide (5 g, 0.045 mol) and anhydrous potassium carbonate (17.7 g, 0.13 mol) with stirring. The resulting suspension was refluxed for 40 h, cooled to room temperature, filtered (the filter was washed with acetonitrile 2 x 10 ml) and the solvent was removed by evaporation on a rotavap to afford 5.5 g of the yellowish liquid (60 °C, 1 h). The desired product was obtained by slow fractional vacuum distillation. The first collected fraction that boiled at 25 - 40 °C corresponds to the 1 :2 mixture of starting N;,N;-dimethylethylenediamine and the desired product (recovery ~ 1 ml). The second collected fraction that boiled at 40 - 70 °C corresponds to the pure desired product. Isolated yield: 0.75 g (10%, based on 2-chloroethyl methyl sulfide) as a clear, almost transparent (slightly yellowish) oil. The fraction that boiled > 70 °C corresponds to the mixture of products. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 1.58 (brs, 1H, NH), 2.06 (s, 3Η), 2.18 (s, 6Η), 2.09 (t, 3JH-H ~ 6 Hz, 2H), 2.61 (t, 3JH H ~ 7 Hz, 2H), 2.66 (t, 3JH H ~ 6 Hz, 2H), 2.80 (t, 3JH H ~ 7 Hz, 2H). 13C{1H} (100.5 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 15.3 (s, 1C), 34.3 (s, 1C), 45.6 (s, 2C), 47.0 (s, 1C), 48.3 (s, 1C), 59.2 (s, 1C).
[0174] Example 2.9. Synthesis of ligand 3a (2-morpholino-7V-(2- (benzylthio)ethyl)ethylamine). A solution of 2-morpholinoethylamine (6.56 ml, 0.05 mol) in acetonitrile (100 mL) was prepared. 2-bromoethyl benzyl sulfide (11.56 g, 0.05 mol) was added to the solution, followed by anhydrous potassium carbonate (19.35 g, 0.14 mol), with stirring. The resulting suspension was refluxed for 16 h, cooled to room temperature, and filtered. The residue on the filter was washed with acetonitrile 2 x 10 ml, and the solvent was removed by evaporation on a rotavap to afford 13.75 g of a viscous orange-yellow suspension (55 °C, 1 h, 40 mbar). Ligand 3a was obtained by fractional vacuum distillation on Vigreux column composed of two theoretical plates. The first collected fraction boiled at 34 - 38°C and corresponds to the residual 2-(4-morpholinyl)ethanamine (recovery 1.64 g, approximately 1.7 ml). The second collected fraction boiled at 132 - 158°C and corresponds to ligand 3a. Isolated yield: 4.81 g (34%, based on 2-bromoethyl benzyl sulfide) of a clear dark-yellowish oil. Elem. Anal.: Calc'd for Ci5H24N2OS (280.43): C, 64.25; H, 8.63; N, 9.99%; Found: C, 64.44; H, 8.33; N, 10.23%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 1.88 (brs, 1H, NH), 2.43 (brm, 4Η), 2.46 (t, 3JH-H = 6 Hz, 2H), 2.59 (t, JH-H = 6 Hz, 2H), 2.66 (t, 3JH-H ~ 7 Hz, 2H), 2.77 (t, 3JH-H ~ 7 Hz, 2H), 3.70 (t, 3JH-H ~ 7 Hz, 4H), 3.72 (s, 2H), 7.20-7.31 (m, 5H). 13C{1H} (100.5 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 31.7 (s, 1C), 36.2 (s, 1C), 45.7 (s, 1C), 48.4 (s, 1C), 53.8 (s, 2C), 58.3 (s, 1C), 67.0 (s, 2C), 127.0 (s, lC^ra, Ph), 128.5 (s, 2Cmeta, Ph), 128.8 (s, 2Cortho, Ph), 138.5 (s, lC^).
[0175] Example 2.10. Synthesis of ligand 4a (3-(benzylthio)- V-(2- morpholinoethyl)propan-l-amine). A solution of 2-(4-morpholinyl)ethanamine (3.4 ml, 0.026 mol) in acetonitrile (50 mL) was prepared. 3-bromopropyl benzyl sulfide (6.36 g, 0.026 mol) was added to the solution, followed by anhydrous potassium carbonate (10 g, 0.072 mol), with stirring. The resulting suspension was refluxed for 16 h, cooled to room temperature, and filtered. The residue on the filter was washed with acetonitrile 2 x 10 ml, and the solvent was removed by evaporation on a rotavap to afford 7.15 g of a viscous orange-yellow liquid (55°C, 1 h, 40 mbar). Ligand 4a was obtained by fractional vacuum distillation on Vigreux column composed of two theoretical plates. The first collected fraction boiled at 25 - 26°C and corresponds to residual 2-(4-morpholinyl)ethanamine (recovery approximately 0.5 ml). The second collected fraction boiled at 145 - 176 °C and corresponds to the analytically pure ligand 4a (3.57 g, 47%, based on 3-bromopropyl benzyl sulfide). Elem. Anal: Calc'd for Ci6H26N2OS (294.46): C, 65.26; H, 8.90; N, 9.51%; Found: C, 65.56; H, 9.08; N, 9.75%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCls, r.t.): δ 1.42 (brs, 1H, NH), 1.75 (q, J= 7 Hz, 2H), 2.35-2.53 (overlapped m, 8H), 2.66 (t, 3JH-H = 7 Hz, 4H), 3.65-3.73 (overlapped m, 6H), 7.23 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.35 (overlapped m, 4H). 13C{1H} (100.5 MHz, CDCI3, r.t.): δ 29.2 (s, 1C), 29.5 (s, 1C), 36.3 (s, 1C), 46.1 (s, 1C), 48.9 (s, 2C), 53.8 (s, 1C), 58.3 (s, 2C), 67.0 (S, 1C), 126.9 (s, lC^ra, Ph), 128.4 (s, 2Cmeta, Ph), 128.8 (s, 2Cortho, Ph), 138.5 (s, lCipso).
[0176] Example 2.11. Synthesis of ligand 4b (3-(benzylthio)- V-(3- morpholinopropyl)propan-l-amine). To a solution of 3-morpholinopropylamine (4.64 ml, 0.03 mol) in acetonitrile (65 mL) were added successively 3-bromopropyl benzyl sulfide (7.78 g, 0.03 mol) and anhydrous potassium carbonate (12.40 g, 0.09 mol) with stirring. The resulting suspension was refluxed for 16 h, cooled to room temperature, filtered (the residue on the filter was washed with acetonitrile 2 x 10 ml) and the solvent was removed by evaporation on a rotavap to afford 9.49 g of a yellow solution containing a small amount of a yellow solid (55 °C, 1 h, 40 mbar). The desired product was obtained by fractional vacuum distillation on small Vigreux column composed of two theoretical plates. The first collected fraction that boiled at 33 - 35 °C corresponds to the residual 3-morpholinopropylamine (recovery ~ 0.8 ml). The second collected slightly yellowish fraction that boiled at 148 - 173 °C corresponds to the desired product (4.22 g). A yellow fraction that boiled at 173 - 185 °C was also collected and corresponds to the desired product according to NMR analysis (0.68 g). Combined isolated yield: 4.9 g (53%, based on 3-bromopropyl benzyl sulfide) of a clear yellowish oil. Elem. Anal: Calcd for Ci7H28N2OS (308.48): C, 66.19; H, 9.15; N, 9.08%; Found: C, 65.79; H, 9.19; N, 9.13%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 1.56 (brs, 1H, NH), 1.64 (q, 3JH-H = 7 Hz, 2H), 1.72 (q, 3JH-H = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.32-2.47 (overlapped m, 8H), 2.57-2.68 (overlapped m, 4H), 3.67 (overlapped m, 6H), 7.21 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.32 (overlapped m, 4H). 13C {1H} (100.5 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 26.7 (s, 1C), 29.2 (s, 1C), 29.4 (s, 1C), 36.3 (s, 1C), 48.5 (s, 1C), 48.8 (s, 1C), 53.8 (s, 2C), 57.4 (s, 1C), 67.0 (s, 2C), 126.9 (s, \Cpam, Ph), 128.4 (s, 2Cmeta, Ph), 128.8 (s, 2CortAo, Ph), 138.5 (s, \Cipso).
[0177] Example 2.12. Synthesis of ligand 5a (2-morpholino- V-(thiophen-2- ylmethyl)ethanamine). To a solution of 2-(4-morpholinyl)ethanamine (5 g, 5.1 ml, 0.038 mol) in methanol (80 ml) was added freshly distilled thiophenecarbaldehyde (3.6 ml, 0.038 mol). The obtained mixture was stirred for 24 h to afford a yellow solution, to which was slowly added NaBH4 (4 equiv, 5.8 g, 20 min), resulting in hydrogen evolution, then 10 ml of methanol (to pick up the remaining NaBH4 from the funnel) and the system was stirred for 20 h at room
temperature. To the white suspension was slowly added 30 ml H20 and then 100 ml CH2C12. The organic phase was extracted. The residual inorganic phase was washed with 100 ml CH2C12. The combined phases afforded the crude product as a yellow liquid after solvent evaporation (7.08 g). The product was purified by vacuum distillation (109-1 13 °C). Isolated yield: 5.20 g (60%>), transparent oil. Elem. Anal : Calcd for CnHi8N2OS (226.34): C, 58.37; H, 8.02; N, 12.38%; Found: C, 58.13; H, 8.20; N, 12.41%.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 2.1 1 (brs, 1H, NH), 2.40 (m, 4Η), 2.49 (t, 3JH-H = 6 Hz, 2H), 2.73 (t, 3JH-H = 6 Hz, 2H), 3.68 (m, 4H), 4.01 (s, 2H), 6.89-6.96 (m, 2H), 7.20 (dd, 3JH-H ~ 5 Hz, 4JH-H ~ 1 Hz, 1H). 13C {1H} (100.5 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 44.9 (s, 1C), 48.3 (s, 1C), 53.7 (s, 2C), 58.1 (s, 1C), 67.0 (s, 2C), 124.4 (s, 1C), 125.0 (s, 1C), 126.6 (s, 1C), 144.1 (s, 1C).
Chart 2 below illustrates the NNS-type ligands of the formula
E(CH2)3N(CH3)(CH2)3SBn (E = -NC4H80 and -N(CH3)2) that were synthesized, isolated and subsequently used to make embodiment complexes. Chart 2
Figure imgf000075_0001
E(CH2)3N(CH3)(CH2)3SBn (E = -NC4H80 and -N(CH3)2): isolated yields are shown.
[0178] Example 2.13. Synthesis of ligand 6 (3-(benzylthio)- V-methyl- V-(3- morpholinopropyl)propan-l-amine). A mixture of 4b (1.19 g, 3.858 mmol), formic acid (712 mg, 4 equiv) and 1.75 mL of formaldehyde solution (37 wt. % in H20) was stirred for 2 h at 100 °C in a 50 ml schlenk flask in air. The reaction mixture was cooled, treated with 18 mL of a 20% aqueous solution of NaOH and extracted with 3 x 20 mL of Et20. The combined ether solution was washed with 2 x 20 mL of water, dried over MgS04, filtered and evaporated under vacuum on a rotavap (55 °C, 1 h, 40 mbar). Yield: 0.99 g (80 %), yellowish liquid. Elem. Anal : Calcd for Ci8H30N2OS (322.51): C, 67.04; H, 9.38; N, 8.68%; Found: C, 67.89; H, 9.45; N, 8.77%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 1.64 (q, 3JH-H = 7 Hz, 2H), 1.71 (q, 3JH-H = 7 Hz, 2H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.30-2.50 (overlapped m, 12H), 3.71 (overlapped m, 6H), 3.67 (overlapped m, 6H), 7.23 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.34 (overlapped m, 4H). 13C {1H} (100.5 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 24.4 (s, 1C), 26.9 (s, 1C), 29.3 (s, 1C), 36.4 (s, 1C), 42.2 (s, 1C), 53.8 (s, 2C), 55.6 (s, 1C), 56.5 (s, 1C), 57.0 (s, 1C), 67.0 (s, 2C), 126.9 (s, \Cpam, Ph), 128.5 (s, 2Cmeta, Ph), 128.8 (s, 2CortAo, Ph), 138.5 (s,
1 Cipso■
[0179] Example 2.14. Synthesis of ligand 7 (3-(benzylthio)- V -methyl- V2, V2- dimethyl)propan-l-amine). A solution of A ,A ,N'-trimethyl-l ,3-propanediamine (96% Aldrich, 5 g, 0.043 mol) in acetonitrile (90 mL) was prepared. 3-bromopropyl benzyl sulfide (10.54 g, 0.043 mol) was added to the solution, followed by anhydrous potassium carbonate (16.5 g, 0.12 mol), with stirring. The resulting suspension was refluxed for 16 hours, cooled to room temperature, and filtered. The residue on the filter was washed with acetonitrile (2 x 10 ml) and the solvent was removed by evaporation on a rotavap to afford 1 1.89 g of a two-phase yellow liquid (55 °C, 1 h, 40 mbar). The desired product was obtained by fractional vacuum distillation on a simple distillation kit without theoretical plates. The first collected transparent fraction that boiled at 75 - 135°C corresponds to desired product. Isolated yield: 3.25 g (27%) as a clear liquid. Elem. Anal : Calcd for Ci6H28N2S (280.47): C, 68.52; H, 10.06; N, 9.99%; Found: C, 68.15; H, 9.99; N, 9.70%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 1.60 (q, 3JH-H ~ 7 Hz, 2H), 1.69 (s, 3JH-H ~ 7 Hz, 2H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 6H), 2.24 (vt, J ~ 7 Hz, 2H), 2.32 (vt, J ~ 7 Hz, 2H), 2.36 (vt, J ~ 7 Hz, 2H), 2.42 (vt, J ~ 7 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 7.21 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.32 (m, 4H). 13C { 1H} (100.5 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 25.7 (s, 1C), 27.0 (s, 1C), 29.3 (s, 1C), 36.3 (s, 1C), 42.3 (s, 1C), 45.6 (s, 2C), 55.8 (s, 1C), 56.6 (s, 1C), 57.9 (s, 1C), 126.9 (s, 1C), 128.4 (s, 2C), 128.8 (s, 2C), 138.6 (s, 1C).
[0180] Example 3. Synthesis of P(Q)NS-type and PNS -Type Ligands
P(0)NS-type and PNS ligands of the type shown in Chart 3 can be or have been prepared and used to make inventive complexes.
Chart 3.
Figure imgf000076_0001
[0181] Ligand 8 was synthesized from diphenylvinylphosphine oxide according to Scheme 4. The reaction was performed in air inside a fume hood. The corresponding phosphine Ligand 8* may be prepared by reduction with a variety of reducing agents, including silanes as shown in Scheme 4 (argon). Such processes are well-documented in literature (see, e.g., Curr. Green Chem., 2014, 1, 182; Org. Lett. 2004, 6, 4675, incorporated by reference herein).
Figure imgf000077_0001
[0182] Example 3.1. Synthesis of ligand 8 [(2-((2- (methylthio)ethyl)amino)ethyl)diphenylphosphine oxide] . Isolation of 8 and 9.
Figure imgf000078_0001
yellowish oil white solid
8 9
Scheme 5.
[0183] A mixture of diphenylvinylphosphine oxide (lg, 4.38 mmol) and 2- (methylthio)ethylamine (1.1 equiv, 448 mkl, 4.82 mmol, 97% Aldrich) were stirred in 10 ml of water at 100 °C for 6 h. When stirring was switched off, two phases were clearly observed: orange organic phase and transparent water phase. The organic phase was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 15 ml), combined extracts were dried over MgSC^ and the solvent was removed on rotavapor (1 h, 60 °C) to afford the crude product as a yellow-orange viscous oil primarily comprising a mixture of product 8 (>88%), tertiary amine (>9%) and traces of starting material (δ 28.0 ppm) according to 31P{1H} NMR (1250 mg). The crude product could be directly used in the synthesis of trarcs-[RunCl2 {K3(,S;N' <3)-8}(PPh3)] (D-l), vide infra.
Alternatively, the crude product was purified by column (8.5 x 5 cm) chromatography (Si02 230-400 mesh, 40 - 63 μ, av. pore diameter 60 A, Sigma, ca. 120 g, CHCl3/methanol, 100: 13, ca. 500 ml of the binary mixture; R = 0.31 for the product, Ry= 0.63 for the tertiary amine, TLC Baker-Flex silicagel IB-F). First fraction: tertiary amine, yield after washing with pentane under stirring (2 x 10 ml): 111 mg, of an off-white solid as shown in Scheme 5. Second fraction: product yield after solvent evaporation and drying (2 h, 60 °C) : 1082 mg (78%), transparent yellowish oil as shown in Scheme 5. Characterization data for ligand 8. Elem. Anal.: Calcd for C17H22NOPS (319.40): C, 63.93; H, 6.94; N, 4.39%; Found: C, 62.41; H, 6.98; N, 4.39%. 31P{1H} (162 MHz, CDC13, rt): δ 30.8 (s). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, 25 °C): δ 1.83 (brs, 1H, NH), 2.08 (s, 3H, SMe), 2.51-2.57 (m, 2H), 2.60 (vt, J ~ 7 Hz, 2H), 2.79 (vt, J ~ 7 Hz, 2H), 2.99 (m, 2H), 7.47-7.56 (m, 6H), 7.74-7.79 (m, 4H). 13C{1H} (100.5 MHz, CDC13, 25 °C): δ 15.3 (s, 1C), 30.5 (d, JC-P = 71 Hz, 1C), 34.2 (s, 1C), 42.6 (s, 1C), 47.8 (s, 1C), 128.7 (d, JC-P = 12 Hz, 4Cmeta, Ph), 130.7 (d, JC-P = 9 Hz, 4Cortho, PPh3), 131.8 (d, JC-P = 3 Hz, 2Cpara, Ph), 132.9 (d, JC-P = 99 Hz, 2Cipso). Characterization data for ligand 9. Elem. Anal.: Calcd for C3iH35N02P2S (547.63): C, 67.99; H, 6.44; N, 2.56%; Found: C, 67.87; H, 6.32; N, 2.49%. %. 31P{1H} (162 MHz, CDC13, rt): δ 30.7 (s). 13C {1H} (100.5 MHz, CDC13, 25 °C): δ 15.9 (s, 1C), 27.0 (d, Jc-P = 70 Hz, 2C), 31.8 (s, 1C), 45.6 (s, 2C), 56.9 (s, 1C), 128.7 (d, JC-P = 12 Hz, 8Cmeto, Ph), 130.7 (d, Jc-P = 9 Hz, 8CortAo, PPh3), 131.8 (d, JC_P = 3 Hz, 4C^ra, Ph), 133.0 (d, JC_P = 99
Hz, C ipso)-
[0184] Example 4. Synthesis of NNS-type and SNNS -Type Chiral Ligands.
[0185] Chart 4 below illustrates the NNS-type (Ci-symmetry, ligands 10 and 11) and SNNS-Type (C2-symmetry, ligands 12 and 12*) chiral Ligands of NNS-type and SNNS-type were synthesized, isolated and subsequently used to make inventive complexes.
Chart 4.
Figure imgf000079_0001
[0186] Ligands 10, 11 and 12 were synthesized according to Scheme 6. The reactions were performed in air inside a fume hood. Ligand 11* may be synthesized by using reduction of 11 with, for example, L1AIH4 as shown in Scheme 6.
12*
Scheme 6. Synthesis of NNS-type and SNNS-Type Chiral Ligands. Isolated yield after fractional vacuum distillation (ligands 10), column chromatography (ligand 11) or precipitation (ligand 12, crude), i: (R,R)-OACH (1 equiv) in H2Q, r.t, 2 h; ii: NaBH4 (excess), dry EtOH, reflux, 24 h.
[0187] Example 4.1. Synthesis of ligand 10 ((/R,2R)-7Vl-(thiophen-2- ylmethyl)cyclohexane-l,2-diamine). A yellow solution of (i?,i?)-DACH (5 g, 43.79 mmol) in 20 ml of H20 was added to 4.91 g (43.79 mmol) of freshly distilled 2-thiophenecarbaldehyde in one portion. The obtained mixture was vigorously stirred for 2 h. After this, the obtained white precipitate was filtered on a Buchner funnel, washed with water (5 x 10 ml) and then pentane (5 x 20 ml) and dried overnight under vacuum to afford a ~ 7:3 mixture of (H?,2R)-Nl-(thiophen-2- ylmethylene)cyclohexane-l ,2-diamine (1H NMR: δ 8.47 (1H), 7.41 (d, 3JH-H = 4 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, 3JH-H = 4 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (t, 3JH-H = 4 Hz, 1H), 2.91 (m, 1H), 2.78 (m, 1H), 1.94 (d, 3JH-H = 1 1 Hz, 1H), 1.79 (m, 2H), 1.68 (m, 2H), 1.43-1.30 (m, 2H), 1.30-1.02 (m, 3H); 13C {1H} NMR: δ 154.0, 142.5, 130.5, 128.7, 127.4, 77.9, 54.5, 33.7, 33.0, 25.1 , 24.8) and (1R,2R)-NI ,N2- bis(thiophen-2-ylmethylene)cyclohexane-l ,2-diamine (characteristic imine CH resonances at δ 8.29, 2H) containing traces of starting ( ?,i?)-DACH (< 6%, characteristic CH resonances at δ 2.27, 2H) according to 1H NMR analysis (total 7.6 g). The obtained mixture was refluxed with NaBH4 (7.7 g, ~5 equiv based on one C=N group) in 150 ml of dry EtOH for 24 h. The suspension was cooled to room temperature and H20 (20 ml) was added to destroy excess NaBH4. To the obtained mixture was added 80 ml of brine and 100 ml of CH2C12. The system was shaken, and the organic phase was separated on a separation funnel, washed with brine (3 x 80 ml), dried over anhydrous MgS04, followed by filtration, then concentrated on a rotavap to give 6.88 g of a yellow-red liquid (1 h, 50 °C, 40 mbar). The final product was obtained after vacuum distillation from this liquid. A very small fraction corresponding to traces of (R,R)- DACH boiled at ~ 58 °C was precollected and solidified during distillation. The second fraction that boiled at 100 - 135 °C corresponds to the desired product (bath temperature 180 - 225 °C under a fully opened vacuum line). Isolated yield: 3.75 g of a clear, slightly yellowish oil (41% two-steps yield, based on (i?,i?)-DACH). Alternatively, if desired, the final product could be purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent CH2Cl2-MeOH-NH3 10: 1 :0.5; R/= 0.36 for the desired product 9, R = 0.69 for the C2-symmetric (H?,2R)- ,N2-bis(thiophen-2- ylmethyl)cyclohexane-l ,2-diamine). Elem. Anal : Calcd for CnHi8N2S (210.34): C, 62.81 ; H, 8.63; N, 13.32%; Found: C, 62.51 ; H, 8.43; N, 13.56%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, 25 °C): δ 0.95-1.32 (series of m, 4H), 1.55 (brs, 3H, NH), 1.70 (m, 2Η), 1.89 (d, JH-H = 12 Hz, 1H), 2.13 (m, 2H), 2.37 (m, 1H), 3.92 (d, 2JH-H ~ 14 Hz, 1H), 4.13 (d, 2JH-H ~ 14 Hz, 2H), 6.94 (m, 2H), 7.18 (m, 1H). 13C {1H} (100.5 MHz, CDC13, 25 °C): δ 25.2 (s, 1C), 31.4 (s, 1C), 35.9 (s, 1C), 45.7 (s, 1C), 55.4 (s, 1C), 124.1 (s, 1C), 124.3 (s, 1C), 126.5 (s, 1C), 145.3 (s, 1C).
[0188] Example 4.2. Synthesis of ligand 11 ((7R,2R)- Vl-(2-(phenylthio)ethyl)- V2- (thiophen-2-ylmethyl)cyclohexane-l,2-diamine). A solution of freshly prepared (phenylsulfanyl)acetaldehyde (668 mg, 4.39 mmol) in 7 ml of MeOH was added to a solution of 9 (922 mg, 4.38 mmol) in 5 ml of MeOH. The obtained mixture was stirred for 20 h to afford an orange (deep-red) solution. To this solution was slowly added NaBH4 (4 equiv, 663 mg) and the system was stirred for 7 h at room temperature. To this mixture was added 5 ml H20 and then 20 ml CH2C12. The organic phase was extracted. To the residual inorganic phase was added again 20 ml CH2CI2 and brine (ca. 10 ml). The organic phase was extracted. The combined organic phases afforded the crude product as a yellow liquid after solvent evaporation. The product was purified by column chromatography (9 >< 5 cm) on silica gel (Sigma, 230 - 400 mesh, 40 - 63 μ, average pore diameter 60 A, -120 g); eluent: hexane-ethyl acetate 7:3 (4 fractions were eluated) and then CH2Cl2-MeOH-NH3 10: 1 :0.5 (this eluent dried over Na2S04 overnight prior to use; two fractions were collected: desired product and then starting 9 in the end). Yield 861 mg (57%), yellow-dark oil. Elem. Anal : Calcd for C19H26N2S2 (346.55): C, 65.85; H, 7.56; N, 8.08%; Found: C, 65.77; H, 7.34; N, 8.05%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, 25 °C): δ 1.02 (m, 2H), 1.23 (m, 2H, NH), 1.73 (brs, 2Η), 1.93 (brs, 2Η), 2.03 (m, 1Η), 2.10-2.23 (m, 2Η), 2.27 (m, 1Η), 2.71 (m, 1Η), 2.96 (m, 1Η), 3.08 (t, 3JH-H ~ 6 Hz, 2H), 3.90 (vd, 2JH-H ~ 14 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (vd, 2JH-H ~ 6 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (m, 2H), 7.20 (m, 2H), 7.29 (m, 2H), 7.38 (m, 2H). 13C {1H} (100.5 MHz, CDC13, 25 °C): δ 24.9 (s, 1C), 25.0 (s, 1C), 31.5 (s, 1C), 31.8 (s, 1C), 34.7 (s, 1C), 45.5 (s, 1C), 45.6 (s, 1C), 60.6 (s, 1C), 61.4 (s, 1C), 124.1 (s, 1C), 124.4 (s, 1C), 126.0 (s, 1C), 126.5 (s, 1C), 128.9 (s, 1C), 130.0 (s, 1C), 136.2 (s, 1C), 145.1 (s, 1C).
[0189] Example 4.3. Synthesis of ligand 12. To a stirred solution of (R,R)-OACH (1.53 g, 13.4 mmol, 98%> Aldrich) in 25 ml water containing 2.68 g NaOH (5 equiv, 67 mmol) was added dropwise (phenylthio)acetyl chloride (5 g, 26.8 mmol, 97%> Aldrich). The reaction mixture was stirred 3 h, the white precipitate was filtered, washed with water (2 x 15 ml, 2 x 50 ml), ethanol (2 x 10 ml), diethyl ether (3 x 15 ml) and dried under vacuum (jet pump, ~2 h) to afford 2.75 g (50 % yield) of product as a white solid. Elem. Anal: Calcd for C22H26N2O2S2 (414.58): C, 63.74; H, 6.32; N, 6.76%; Found: C, 63.42; H, 6.22; N, 6.59%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 1.12 (br m, 2H), 1.26 (br m, 2H), 1.68 (br m, 2H), 1.90 (d, J ~ 12 Hz, 2H), 3.25 (d, J ~ 17 Hz, 2H), 3.93 (d, J ~ 17 Hz, 2H), 3.63 (brs, 2H), 6.92 (brs, 2H), 7.13-7.45 (m, 10H). 13C {1H} (100.5 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 24.5 (s, 2C), 32.0 (s, 2C), 37.1 (s, 2C), 53.6 (s, 2C), 126.5 (s, 2C), 128.1 (s, 4C), 129.2 (s, 4C), 135.0 (s, 2C), 168.4 (s, 2C).
[0190] Example 5. Synthesis of P(Q)NNS-type and PNNS -Type Chiral Ligands
[0191] Illustrative P(0)NNS-type and PNNS chiral ligands of Ci-symmetry are shown in Chart 5:
Chart 5.
Figure imgf000083_0001
13 13*
[0192] Air-stable ligand 13 was synthesized according to Scheme 7. The reaction was performed in air inside a fume hood. Ligand 13* may be prepared by reduction of 13 with a variety of reducing agents, includin silanes as shown in Scheme 7 (under argon).
Figure imgf000083_0002
10
13: y. 98%'
Figure imgf000083_0003
Scheme 7. Syntheses of P(0)NNS-type and PNNS chiral ligands of Ci-symmetry. °Crude yield.
[0193] Example 5.1. Synthesis of ligand 13^ A mixture of 10 (547 mg. 2.60 mmol) and diphenylvinylphosphine oxide (593 mg, 2.60 mmol) in 3 ml of water was refluxed for 24 h. The organic product was extracted with dichloromethane (3 >< 5 ml), dried over anhydrous MgSC^, followed by filtration, then concentrated to give yellow-red oily material (1 120 g, 98% crude yield). The oily material crystallizes as white powder upon passing through chromatography column (silicagel or alumogel) or upon standing to afford white-orange crystals. In the latter case, it was washed with Et20 (3 x 15 ml), binary Et20-pentane ( 1 : 1 , 25 ml each) and vacuum dried to afford white precipitate. Part of it was recrystallized from hexane-dichloromethane to afford a white crystalline material. Elem. Anal: Calcd for C25H31N2OPS (438.57): C, 68.47; H, 7.12; N, 6.39%; Found: C, 68.49; H, 7.13; N, 6.30%. 31P{1H} (162 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 31.0 (s). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 0.83-1.07 (m, overlapped, 2H), 1.72 (br t, 2H), 1.68 (br t, 2H), 1.91 (brs, 2H), 2.00 (d, J~ 13 Hz, 1H), 2.05-2.24 (m, overlapped, 3H), 2.44-2.62 (m, 2H), 2.80 (vq, J~ 10 Hz, 1H), 3.06 (vq, J~ 10 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (d, J~ 14 Hz, 1H), 4.08 (d, J~ 14 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (s, 1H), 6.95 (vt, J~ 3 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J~ 5 Hz, 1H), 7.40-7.56 (m, 6H), 7.69-7.84 (m, 4H). 13C{1H} (100.5 MHz, CDCI3, r.t.): δ 24.9 (two s, overlapped, 2C), 31.1 (d, JC-p = 65 Hz, 1C), 31.5 (s, 1C), 40.0 (s, 1C), 45.5 (s, 1C), 53.5 (s, 1C), 60.5 (s, 1C), 61.5 (s, 1C), 124.1 (s, 1C), 124.4 (s, 1C), 126.6 (s, 1C), 128.7 (d, JC-P = 12 Hz, 4Cmeta, Ph), 130.7 (d, JC-P = 9 Hz, ACortho, PPh3), 131.7 (d, Jc-P = 3 Hz, 2Cpara, Ph), 133.0 (d, JC_P = 99 Hz, 2C^0), 145.1 (s, 1C).
[0194] Example 6. Preparation of Catalyst Complexes. Complexes of ruthenium, iridium, manganese, iron, cobalt, nickel or copper comprising the inventive ligands were prepared using the NNS-type, P(0)NS-type, PNS-type, SNNS-type, SNNP(0)-type, and SNNP- type poly dentate ligands and suitable precursors of transition metals under inert atmosphere. Synthesis of ruthenium(II) complexes of the general formula [RuCl2(ligand)L] was typically performed by reacting the ligand with a suitable ruthenium precursor such as [RuCl2(PPh3)3], [RuCl2(r|4-COD)]n/L or [RuCl2(DMSO)4] in a solvent at room temperature or reflux. Syntheses of iridium(I) or iridium(III) complexes were performed typically by reacting the ligand with a suitable iridium precursor such as [IrCl(r|2-COE)2]2 in a solvent at room temperature. Synthesis of [MCl2(ligand)] (M = Mn, Fe, Co, Cu) or [NiCl2(ligand)(EtOH)] was performed typically by reacting the ligand with a suitable metal precursor such as MnCl2, FeCl2, CoCl2, CuCl2 or NiCl2 in a solvent at room temperature.
[0195] Example 6.1. Synthesis and Characterization of Ruthenium Complexes Using NNS-Type Ligands. Chart 6 below illustrates Ruthenium Complexes of NNS-type ligands that were synthesized, isolated and subsequently used as precatalysts in catalytic reactions Chart 6.
Figure imgf000085_0001
B-1 C-1 C-2 C-3
[0196] Schemes 8 and 9 below illustrate several exemplary Ruthenium complexes of NNS-type ligands that were synthesized, isolated and subsequently used as precatalysts in catalytic reactions.
h, yield
Figure imgf000086_0001
Figure imgf000087_0001
F-1 : a/r- and moisture-siable
Scheme 9. Synthesis of complexes B-1, C-1, C-2, C-3 and chiral complex F-1. Isolated yields are shown. Stability refers to that in the solid-state.
[0197] Some suitable transition metal precursors useful for preparing embodiment complexes include, but are not limited to, [RuCl2(PPh3)3], [RuCl2(r|4-COD)]„/PR3 (COD = cyclo- octa-l,5-diene, PR3 = PPh3, PCy3), [RuCl2(r|4-COD)]„, [RuCl2(DMSO)4] (DMSO =
dimethylsulfoxide) and [IrCl(r|2-COE)2]2 (COE = cyclooctene).
[0198] Some embodiment complexes of Ruthenium were prepared by reacting a ligand selected from la, 2a, 3a, 4a, lb, 4b and 5a (in which E = morpholine) with either
[RuCl2(PPh3)3] or [RuCl2(r|4-COD)]„.
[0199] Example 6.1.1. Synthesis of Complex A-l. Method A. To [RuCl2(PPh3)3] (360 mg, 0.375 mmol) was added a solution of la (100 mg, 0.375 mmol) in 5 ml of CH2C12 with stirring. The resulting burgundy solution was stirred at room temperature. An analysis of the reaction mixture by 31 P NMR spectroscopy after 1 hour revealed complete conversion of the starting material into the product, indicated by a resonance at δ 40.9 ppm, and the presence of free PPh3, δ -5.5 ppm). After reacting for a total of 2 hours, the burgundy solution was concentrated to approximately 40% of its original volume, followed by layering with diethyl ether (22 ml). After six days, the mother liquor was decanted, leaving a light pink powder. This powder was transferred to a filter frit, washed with diethyl ether (3 x 10 ml) and vacuum dried overnight. Isolated yield of complex A-l : 236 mg (90%). Elem. Anal: Calc'd for
C32H37Ci2N2OPRuS (700.66): C, 54.86; H, 5.32; N, 4.00%. Found: C, 54.96; H, 5.19; N, 4.03%. 31P{1H} (162 MHz, CD2C12, r.t.): δ 41.0 (s). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD2C12, r.t.): δ 2.81 (vt, J~ 14 Hz, 1H), 2.93-3.07 (m, 2H), 3.16-3.39 (m, 7H), 3.46-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.62-3.68 (m, 3H), 3.81 (vt, J~ 13 Hz, 1H), 5.88 (brs, NH, 1Η), 6.98 (t, J~ 8 Hz, 2H), 7.20-7.33 (m, 12H), 7.72 (vt, J~ 9 Hz, 6H). 13C{1H} (100.5 MHz, CD2C12, r.t.): δ 44.9 (s, 1C), 47.0 (s, 1C), 48.4 (s, 1C), 52.9 (s, 1C), 54.7 (s, 1C), 59.3 (s, 1C), 60.2 (s, 1C), 61.6 (s, 1C), 127.1 (d, JC-P = 8.7 Hz, 6Cmeta, Pi¾), 127.9 (s, 2Cmeta, Ph), 128.5 (d, JC-P = 1.5 Hz, 3Cpara, PPh3), 128.6 (s, \Cpam, Ph), 133.1 (s,
2Cortho, Ph), 134.5 (d, Jc-P = 9.5 Hz, 6Cortho, Pi¾), 134.8 (s, 1C^0, Ph), 137.7 (d, J= 36 Hz, ICipso); 31P{1H} (162 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 40.3 (s). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 2.74 (vt, J~ 14 Hz, 1H), 2.94-3.02 (m, 2H), 3.11-3.45 (m, 9H), 3.51-3.70 (m, 5H), 3.78 (vt, J~ 13 Hz, 1H), 5.87 (brs, NH, 1Η), 6.95 (t, J~ 8 Hz, 2H), 7.15-7.32 (m, 12H), 7.72 (t, J~ 9 Hz, 6H). 13C{1H} (100.5 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 45.2 (s, 1C), 47.2 (s, 1C), 48.5 (s, 1C), 52.8 (s, 1C), 54.8 (s, 1C), 58.9 (s, 1C), 60.2 (s, 1C), 61.6 (s, 1C), 127.3 (d, Jc_P = 8.7 Hz, 6Cmeta, Pi¾), 128.1 (s, 2Cmeta, Ph), 128.7 (d, Jc-P = 1.5 Hz, 3Cpara, Pi¾), 128.8 (s, \Cpara, Ph), 133.2 (s, 2Cortho, Ph), 134.6 (d, Jc-P = 9.5 Hz, 6Cortho, Pi¾), 134.5 (s, lCipso, Ph), 137.1 (d, J= 36 Hz, 3Cipso).
[0200] Example 6.1.2. Synthesis of Complex A-l. Method B. A mixture of
[RuCl2(COD)]n (359 mg, 1.281 mmol), PPh3 (336 mg, 1.281 mmol) and ligand la (341 mg, 1.281 mmol) was stirred in THF (15 ml) at 75 °C for 39 h in a KONTES® pressure tube. After cooling down, the resulting brick precipitate was collected on a filter frit, washed with diethyl ether (3 >< 5 ml) and vacuum dried. Recrystallization from hot dichloromethane following layering with diethyl ether afforded analytically pure complex A-l in 29% yield (260 mg).
[0201] Example 6.1.3. Synthesis of Complex A-2. Complex A-2 was prepared similarly to complex I Method A (vide supra) with the exception that ligand 2a was used instead of ligand la. After decantation of the mother liquor, the obtained red rhombic crystals were washed with diethyl ether (3 x 10 ml) and vacuum dried overnight. Isolated yield of complex A-2: 225 mg (75%) of CssHsgCbNzOPRuS- ICH2CI2 (based on 1H NMR. Elem. Anal: Calc'd for C33H39Cl2N20PRuS- lCH2Cl2 (768.20): C, 51.07; H, 5.17; N, 3.50%. Found: C, 52.53; H, 5.38; N, 3.54%. The elemental analysis better fits the C33H39Cl2N2OPRuS 0.63CH2Cl2 (768.20) formulation, Calc'd: C, 52.58; H, 5.28; N, 3.65%>. Some co-crystallized CH2CI2 appears to have been lost during elemental analysis. Independent experiments showed that the amount of solvate depended on the drying time. The compound existed in CDC13 or CD2C12 as a mixture of presumably two diastereomers (79:21 ratio). 31P{1H} (162 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 39.6 (s, major, 79%), 40.3 (s, minor, 21%).31P{1H} (162 MHz, CD2C12, r.t.): δ 40.6 (s, major, 79%), 40.9 (s, minor, 21%).
[0202] Example 6.1.4. Synthesis of Complex A-3. Complex A-3 was prepared similarly to complex I, following method A {vide supra) with the exception that ligand 3a was used instead of ligand la. After decantation of the mother liquor, the obtained red crystals were washed with diethyl ether (3 x 10 ml) and vacuum dried overnight. Isolated yield: 209 mg (87%). Elem. Anal: Calc'd for C27H35Cl2N2OPRuS (638.59): C, 50.78; H, 5.52; N, 4.39%.
Found: C, 50.77; H, 5.51; N, 4.29%. The compound exists in CD2CI2 as a mixture of presumably two diastereomers (74:26 ratio). 31P{1H} (162 MHz, CD2C12, r.t.): δ 40.9 (s, minor, 24%), 41.9 (s, major, 76%).
[0203] Example 6.1.5. Synthesis of Complex A-6. Complex A-6 was prepared similarly to complex A-l, method A (vide supra) with the exception that ligand 4a was used instead of ligand la. After decantation of the mother liquor, a large (> 1 cm) red crystal was transferred onto a filter frit , washed with diethyl ether (3 x 10 ml), dried under vacuum, broken and vacuum dried overnight. Isolated yield: 238 mg (87%). Elem. Anal: Calc'd for
C34H4iCl2N2OPRuS (728.72): C, 56.04; H, 5.67; N, 3.84%. Found (under nitrogen): C, 56.32; H, 5.75; N, 3.85%). The compound exists in CD2CI2 as a mixture of presumably two diastereomers (99: 1 ratio).31P{1H} (162 MHz, CD2C12, r.t.): δ 42.9 (s, minor, 1%), 46.0 (s, major, 99%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD2C12, r.t., major): δ 2.03 (d, J~ 13 Hz, 1H), 2.17 (t, J~ 13 Hz, 1H), 2.25 (q, J~ 13 Hz, 1H), 2.25 (d, J~ 14 Hz, 2H), 2.92-3.23 (overlapped m, 1 OH), 3.52 (d, J~ 19 Hz, 1H), 3.58-3.83 (overlapped m, 4H), 4.78 (brs, 1H, NH), 6.87 (brs, 2Η), 7.20 (brs, 3Η), 7.39 (brs, 9Η), 7.93 (brs, 6Η). 13C{1H} (100.5 MHz, CD2C12, r.t., major): δ 24.4 (s, 1C), 25.2 (s, 1C), 37.2 (s, 1C), 49.6 (s, 1C), 50.1 (s, 1C), 51.5 (s, 1C), 51.7 (s, 1C), 58.0 (s, 1C), 60.1 (s, 1C), 61.2 (s, 1C), 127.0 (s, \Cpara, Ph), 127.2 (d, JC_P = 9 Hz, 6Cmeta, Pi¾), 128.3 (s, 2Cmeta, Ph), 128.7 (brs, Cpara, VPfo), 129.2 (s, 2Cortho, Ph), 135.2 (d, JC-P = 9 Hz, 6CortAo, ?Ph3), 136.6 (s, 1C^0, Ph), 136.9 (d, J= 36 Hz, 3C^0).
[0204] Complexes A-1, A-2, A-3, and A-6 were air-stable and moisture stable. After they were prepared, they were all handled in air, and all were characterized by elemental analysis and NMR (1H, 13C, 31P) spectroscopy (vide supra). In addition, X-Ray crystal structures of complexes A-1, A-2, A-3, and A-6 were obtained, and shown to be isostructural K3[NN',S]- tridentate tra/75-[RunCl2 {K3(N,N',5)-]S[NS-type ligand} (PPh3)] complexes.
[0205] It may also be worth making some comparisons about the solution phase behavior of complexes A-1, A-2, A-3, and A-6. A second isomer (presumably diastereomer) was not detected for complex A-1 in CD2C12 by NMR spectroscopy at ambient temperature. For complexes A-2 and A-3, the quantity of a second isomer slightly increases with a decrease in bulkiness of the substituent on the sulfur donor atom (21% for A-2 and 24% for A-3. For complex A-1, which is a 5,6-metallacycle, the second isomer was present at only 1% of the total amount (compared to 21% for complex II, a 5,5-metallacycle). The X-ray structures of these complexes resembled one another other, being 5,5 or 5,6-ruthenacycles in which the three heteroatoms (N, N and S) are located in a single plane. The chlorine atoms are located in trans- orientation to each other, and the PPh3 moiety is located trans to the NH group. These structures resemble those for known Ru-PNN complexes and for other pincer Ru complexes that include P/N tridentate ligands. Upon dissolution of X-Ray quality crystals of A-1, A-2, A-3, and A-6, two isomers (presumably diastereomers) were observed in their respective solution NMR spectra.
[0206] Example 6.1.6. Synthesis of Complex J-l. Complex J-l was prepared similarly to complex A-1 following method A with the exception that ligand lb was used instead of ligand la. 31P NMR analysis of the reaction mixture in 1 h revealed full conversion of the starting material into presumably cz5-[Ru(PPh3)2Cl2(A ,5'-ligand)], δ 26.8 ppm (brs, IP), 36.7 ppm (d, 2Jp_p = 31 Hz, IP), and free PPh3, δ -5.5 ppm. The air-sensitive mixture was stirred for 2 hours and then concentrated to approximately 40% of the original volume, and then layered with diethyl ether (22 ml) and left for eight days. After decantation of the mother liquor, the obtained red needle crystals were transferred onto a filter frit, washed with diethyl ether (3 x 10 ml) and vacuum dried overnight. Isolated yield: 162 mg (60%). Elem. Anal. : Calc'd for
C66H78Cl4N402P2Ru2S2 (1429.38): C, 55.46; H, 5.50; N, 3.92%. Found: C, 55.68; H, 5.49; N, 3.79%. The compound is air-stable at least in the solid-state. The obtained needle-like crystals were sparingly soluble in CD2C12, CDC13, CD3OD, acetone-^ and DMF- y. Saturated solutions of small concentrations exhibited complicated 31P NMR spectra.
[0207] Example 6.1.7. Synthesis of Complex J-2. Complex J-2 was prepared similarly to complex J-1 with the exception that ligand 4b was used instead of ligand lb. After decantation of the mother liquor, the resulting orange solid was transferred to a filter frit, washed with diethyl ether (3 x 10 ml) and vacuum dried overnight. Isolated yield: 134 mg (48%), orange solid. Elem. Anal: Calc'd for C7oH86Cl4N402P2Ru2S2 (1485.49): C, 56.60; H, 5.84; N, 3.77%. Found: C, 56.42; H, 5.85; N, 3.73%. Similarly to J-1, dimeric J-2 is sparingly soluble in CD2C12, CDCI3, CD3OD, acetone-^ and DMF- y. Upon standing, the mother liquor produced red crystals after about 1 week (not quantified). The X-Ray structural analysis identified the product as an unsymmetrical, trichloro-bridged bimetallic complex containing a K2[N',5 -bidentate ligand, [Ru{K2(N S)-4b}(PPh3)^-Cl)3RuCl(PPh3)2] (J-3). This could formally be viewed as the product of an association reaction involving a 16 electron monomer of J-2, (i.e. complex [RuCl2 {K2(N',5)-4b}(PPh3)]) and a 14 electron unsaturated fragment, [RuCl2(PPh3)2], that intercept each other within the reaction mixture. Thus this product is an intermediate or a byproduct formed as a result of this complicated reaction. Similarly to J-1, the compound J-2 is sparingly soluble in CD2C12, CDC13, CD3OD, acetone -d6 and DMF- y. Saturated solutions (low concentrations) exhibit complicated 31P {1H} NMR spectra.
Figure imgf000092_0001
crystallization Et20/CH2CI2
4b
[RuCI2(PPh3)3] complicated J1 P NMR (1-6 h)
CH2CI2 r.t., 2 h
Figure imgf000092_0002
J -2 J -3
isolated (48 % y., orange solid) red crystals from mother liquor
(produced after ~1 week)
[0208] The identity of embodiment complexes J-l and J-2 was supported by elemental analysis, and the mode of ligand coordination in J-l was determined from single-crystal X-Ray structural analysis. Such crystallographic data show that ligand lb binds to each Ru atom in a bidentate K2[N',5 -fashion, affording a five-membered NS ring. The morpholine moieties are directed away from the metal centers. The Ru atoms are connected via two bridging chlorine (CI) atoms. Each terminal CI atom is believed to participate in hydrogen bonding with the NH group of the ligand coordinated to the other Ru atom. It may be worth noting that compared to the formation of complexes using ligands la, 2a, and 3a, in situ 31P NMR spectroscopic monitoring of the reactions with ligands lb and 4b in CD2CI2 solvent indicated more complicated mixtures prior to crystallization.
[0209] Example 6.1.8. Synthesis of Complex L-l. Complex L-l was prepared similarly to complex A-1 following method A with the exception that ligand 5 a was used instead of ligand la. The in situ 31P NMR monitoring of the reaction of ligand 5a with [RuCl2(PPh3)3] revealed a complicated reaction mixture (in a separate experiment, the composition remained unchanged after 5 h). In 2 hours the solution was concentrated to approximately 40% of the original volume and was then layered with diethyl ether (22 ml). After 20 days, the mother liquor was decanted and the resulting scarlet powder was transferred to a filter frit, washed with diethyl ether (3 x 10 ml) and vacuum dried overnight. Isolated yield: 201 mg (81%). Elem. Anal.: Calc'd for C58H66Cl4N402P2Ru2S2 (1321.20): C, 52.73; H, 5.04; N, 4.24%. Found: C, 51.70; H, 4.85; N, 4.24%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD2C12, r.t., major): δ 1.42 (d, J~ 14 Hz, 1H), 1.84 (dd, J~ 5 Hz, J ~ 14 Hz, 1H), 2.16 (t, J~ 14 Hz, 1H), 2.47 (d, J~ 13 Hz, 1H), 2.63 (d, J~ 16 Hz, 1H), 2.85 (brs, 1H), 3.28 (d, J~ 13 Hz, 1H), 3.45 (d, J~ 13 Hz, 1H), 3.54-3.79 (overlapped m, 4H), 3.84-4.06 (overlapped, 2H), 4.29 (dt, J~ 3 Hz, J~ 14 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (brs, 1H), 7.02 (m, 1H), 7.39 (brs, 10H), 7.83 (d, J~ 5 Hz, 2H), 8.07 (brs, 5H). The NMR (1H, 31P) spectroscopic analysis and elemental analysis are consistent with the formula shown for complex L-1. Complex L-1 is air- stable at least in the solid-state. It is sparingly soluble in CD2CI2, CDCI3 and almost insoluble in THF-dg, MeOD and acetone-^. These solutions were air-sensitive. It should be noted that if the scarlet precipitated powder was collected after 10 days, the yield dropped to 14%>. An X-ray structure of some red crystals produced from the mother liquor of L-1 was obtained; this X-Ray structure of these red crystal reveals an ion-pair complex [Ru2^2-Cl)3Cl2(PPh3)4]~5aH+ (L-2), which consists of a binuclear trichloro-bridged anion [Ru2^2-Cl)3Cl2(PPh3)4]~ and protonated
5a.
[RuCI2(PPh3)3] +
Figure imgf000093_0001
L-1 L-2
isolated (81 % y., scarlet) crystals from mother liquor [0210] Example 6.1.9. Synthesis of Complex B-l. The procedure for preparing complex B-l was similar to that for preparing complex A-l, method A, with the exception that ligand lc was used instead of ligand la. After the decantation of the mother liquor, the obtained light pink precipitate was collected on a filter frit, washed with diethyl ether (3 x 10 ml) and vacuum dried overnight. Isolated yield: 218 mg (85%). Elem. Anal.: Calc'd for
C32H37CI2N2PRUS (684.67): C, 56.14; H, 5.45; N, 4.09%. Found: C, 56.33; H, 5.36; N, 3.79%. 31P{1H} (162 MHz, CDCI3, r.t.): δ 42.2 (s). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD2C12, r.t.): δ 1.15 (vq, J~ 8 Hz, 1H), 1.35 (vq, J~ 8 Hz, 1H), 1.60 (m, 2H), 2.41 (vq, J~ 12 Hz, 1H), 2.53 (d, J~ 12 Hz, 1H), 2.93 (t, J~ 13 Hz, 1H), 3.05 (m, 3H), 3.15 (d, J~ 9 Hz, 1H), 3.29 (d, J~ 9 Hz, 1H), 3.39 (d, J~ 11 Hz, 1H), 3.56 (m, 2H), 3.15 (vq, J~ 11 Hz, 1H), 5.85 (brs, NH, 1Η), 6.94 (t, J~ 8 Hz, 2H), 7.14 (t, J~ 7 Hz, 1H), 7.14-7.25 (m overlapped, 6H), 7.26-7.33 (d, J~ 8 Hz, 6H), 7.66 (t, J ~ 9 Hz, 5H). 13C{1H} (100.5 MHz, CD2C12, r.t.): δ 20.5 (s, 1C), 22.1 (s, 1C), 45.4 (s, 1C), 47.3 (s, 1C), 49.3 (s, 1C), 57.7 (s, 1C), 61.2 (s, 1C), 62.5 (s, 1C), 127.0 (d, JC-P ~ 8 Hz, 6Cmeta, Pi¾),
128.0 (s, 2Cmeta, Ph), 128.4 (d, JC-P ~ 1.5 Hz, 3Cpara, PPh3), 128.5 (s, lC^ra, Ph), 133.0 (s, 2Cortho, Ph), 134.6 (d, Jc-P ~ 9 Hz, 6Cortho, PPh3), 135.0 (s, lCipso, Ph), 137.2 (d, J= 36 Hz,
3 Cipso ■
[0211] Example 6.1.10. Synthesis of Complex C-1. Complex C-1 was prepared similarly to complex A-l with the exception that ligand Id was used instead of ligand la.
Layering with diethyl ether afforded burgundy colored crystals that were collected on a filter frit, washed with Et20 (3 x 10 ml) and vacuum dried overnight. The elemental analysis, NMR and X- Ray crystallography reveals complex C-1 exists as a dichloromethane solvate. Isolated yield: 218 mg (78%). Elem. Anal: Calc'd for C3oH35Cl2N2PRuS lCH2Cl2 (743.55): C, 50.08; H, 5.02; N, 3.77%; Found C, 50.33; H, 5.12; N, 3.93%. 31P{1H} (162 MHz, CD2C12, r.t.): δ 44.3 (s). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD2C12, r.t): δ 2.20 (d, J~ 12 Hz, 1H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 3.05 (vd, J~ 12 Hz, 1H), 3.17-3.26 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.35 (m, 2H), 3.43 (d, J~ 11 Hz, 1H), 3.59 (m, 2H), 5.37 (CH2C12), 5.88 (brs, NH, 1Η), 6.99 (t, J~ 8 Hz, 2H), 7.19-7.26 (m, 6H), 7.26-7.35 (m, 6H), 7.69 (t, J~ 9 Hz, 6H). 13C {1H} (100.5 MHz, CD2C12, r.t.): δ 44.9 (s, 1C), 47.1 (s, 1C), 48.5 (s, 1C), 51.2 (s, 1C), 49.3 (s, 1C), 52.8 (s, 1C), 53.8 (S, 1C, CH2C12), 67.0 (s, 1C), 127.1 (d, JC-P ~ 8 Hz, 6Cmeta, PPh), 127.9 (s, 2Cmeta, Ph), 128.4 (d, JC-P ~ 1.5 Hz, 3Cpara, PPh3), 128.6 (s, \Cpara, Ph),
133.1 (s, 2Cortho, Ph), 134.3 (d, JC-P ~ 9 Hz, 6Cortho, Pi¾), 135.2 (s, lCipso, Ph), 138.0 (d, J~ 37 Hz, 3C ipSO . [0212] Complex C-l was also prepared using [RuCl2(COD)]n as a precursor. Thus, a mixture of [RuCl2(COD)]n (309 mg, 1.103 mmol), PPh3 (289 mg, 1.103 mmol) and ligand Id (248 mg, 1.103 mmol) was stirred in toluene (10 ml) at 115°C for 24 h in a KONTES® pressure tube. After cooling, the resulting brick colored precipitate was filtered on a filter frit, washed with diethyl ether (3 x 10 ml) and vacuum dried to afford 494 mg of a light pink crude material (Found C, 53.43; H, 5.26; N, 4.08%). Recrystallization from hot THF, filtering and layering with diethyl ether, afforded burgundy crystals (261 mg, 32% yield as a THF solvate). Based on NMR analysis, these crystals represent a THF solvate of complex C-l. The crystals were found to lose solvent based on elemental analysis. Elem. Anal: Calc'd for C3oH35Cl2N2PRuS (658.63): C, 54.71; H, 5.36; N, 4.25%; Found C, 54.37; H, 5.66; N, 3.87%.
[0213] X-ray structures were obtained for both complex B-l and complex C-l. The complexes B-l and C-l are isostructural; their solid state structures are also similar to those of octahedral complexes A-1, A-2, A-3, and A-6. The solution behavior of complexes B-l and C-l was similar to that of complex A-1 in that no detectable amount of a second isomer was observed in solution. Complexes B-l and C-l were tested as pre-catalysts for hydrogenation.
[0214] Example 6.1.11. Synthesis of Complex A-4. A mixture of [RuCl2(COD)]n (309 mg, 1.103 mmol), PCy3 (309 mg, 1.103 mmol) and la (294 mg, 1.103 mmol) was stirred in toluene (10 ml) at 115 °C for 48 h in a KONTES® pressure tube. After cooling down, the brick colored precipitate was collected on a filter frit, washed with Et20 (3 x 10 ml) and vacuum dried to afford 642 mg of the crude material. To the crude material was added CH2C12 (~ 32 ml) and the obtained mixture was brought to reflux and filtered using a Whatman syringe filter (PTFE membrane, pore size 0.45 μιη). Layering the obtained red-brown solution with Et20 (125 ml) afforded 327 mg (41%) of the product as a pink-brown powder after 5 days. Elem. Anal.: Calcd for C32H55Cl2N2OPRuS (718.81): C, 53.47; H, 7.71; N, 3.90%. Found: C, 53.11; H, 8.00; N, 3.86%. 31P{1H} (162 MHz, CD2C12, r.t.): δ 24.0 (s). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD2C12, r.t.): δ 0.09 (brs, 1H), 0.92 (brs, 2H), 1.04-1.63 (m, 15H), 1.63-2.05 (m, 9H), 2.10-2.45 (brs, 3H), 2.45-2.70 (brs, 1H), 2.83-3.28 (overlapped, 7H), 3.31-3.56 (overlapped, 6H), 3.56-3.90 (overlapped, 4H), 3.98 (t, J~ 8 Hz, 1H), 5.57 (brs, NH, 1H), 7.31 (t, J~ 7 Hz, 2H), 7.38 (t, J~ 6 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (d, J~ 7 Hz, 2H). 13C{1H} selected for the coordinated NNS ligand (100.5 MHz, CD2C12, r.t.): δ 46.6 (s, 1C), 46.8 (s, 1C), 48.3 (s, 1C), 53.9 (s, 1C, overlapped with CD2C12 peak), 54.8 (s, 1C), 60.0 (s, 1C), 60.7 (s, 1C), 61.7 (s, 1C), 128.1 (s, 2Cmeta, Ph), 129.3 (s, \Cpam, Ph), 134.9 (s, 2Cortho, Ph), 138.0 (s, \Cipso, Ph).
[0215] Example 6.1.12. Synthesis of Complex K-1. A mixture of [RuCl2(COD)]n (155 mg, 0.552 mmol) and la (147 mg, 0.552 mmol) was stirred in toluene (10 ml) at 115 °C for 48 h in Kontes pressure tube. After cooling, a brick-colored precipitate was collected on a filter frit, washed with Et20 (3 x 10 ml) and vacuum dried on the filter. The material was extracted on the filter with 5 x 3 ml CH2C12 allowing the filtrates to be collected in 5 separate vials. A red solution in each vial was layered with Et20 (20 ml). In 1 week, the combined precipitates (or red crystals) from each vial were collected, washed with Et20 (3 x 10 ml) and vacuum-dried to afford 144 mg of the desired product (60%). Elem. Anal: Calcd for C28H44CI4N4O2RU2S2 (876.75): C, 38.36; H, 5.06; N, 6.39%. Found C, 38.38; H, 4.99; N, 6.32%. Elem. Anal: Calcd for C28H44CI4N4O2RU2S2 (876.75): C, 38.36; H, 5.06; N, 6.39%. Found (under nitrogen): C, 38.61; H, 4.99; N, 6.17%. The complex is poorly soluble in CDC13, slightly better in CD2C12. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD2C12, r.t., saturated): δ 2.00 (brs, 1H), 2.15 (d, J~ 14 Hz, 1H), 2.37 (t, J~ 12 Hz, 1H), 2.15 (m, 4H), 2.75-2.94 (m, 3H), 3.04 (d, J~ 14 Hz, 1H), 3.07-3.23 (m, 5H), 3.38 (m, 2H), 3.44-3.62 (m, 3H), 3.61-3.75 (m, 3H), 3.79 (d, J~ 12 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (t, J~ 14 Hz, 1H), 3.93-4.09 (overlapped m, 3H), 4.06 (brs, 1H), 4.44 (t, J~ 11 Hz, 1H), 4.72 (brs, 1H, possibly NH), 5.07 (d, J~ 18 Hz, 1H), 6.72-8.85 (overlapped, 10H), 9.19 (brs, 1H, NH - C1). The same compound is obtained if the synthesis is carried out in the presence of P(C6F5)3.
[0216] An X-ray structure of complex K-1 revealed that one ligand coordinates to one Ru atom via mer-fashion. A second ligand coordinates to second Ru atom via ^ac-fashion. Both Ru atoms are connected via one bridging CI atom. One S(Ph) atom is part of mer-coordinated la. There appears to be a hydrogen-bonding interaction between one NH group of the fac- coordinated ligand and terminal CI atom attached to the first Ru atom. Complex K-1 exists as a single species in solution. The NH hydrogen atom H-bonded to the chloride ligand appears at δ 9.19 ppm in the 1H NMR spectrum. It is shifted to low field by Δδ = 4.47 ppm relative to the NH resonance of the non-H bonded NH group.
[0217] Example 6.1.13. Synthesis of Complex A-5. A mixture of [RuCl2(DMSO)4] (190 mg, 0.392 mmol) and ligand la (105 mg, 0.392 mmol) was stirred in toluene (5 ml) at 115 °C for 24 h in a KONTES® pressure tube. After cooling, the red precipitate was collected on a filter frit, washed with Et20 (3 x 10 ml) and vacuum dried to afford 116 mg of crude material. The material was dissolved in CH2CI2 (3 ml), filtered via a Whatman syringe filter (PTFE membrane, pore size 0.45 μιη) and layered with Et20 (~20 ml). A red crystalline solid was obtained in 41% yield (84 mg). Elem. Anal: Calcd for C16H28CI2N2O2RUS2 (516.50): C, 37.21; H, 5.46; N, 5.42%. Found: C, 37.37; H, 5.41; N, 5.25%. 1H NMR for major diastereomer (400 MHz, CD2CI2, r.t.): δ 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.91 (t, J~ 13 Hz, 1H), 3.11 (m, 1H), 3.24 (s, 3H), 3.29-3.74 (m, 11H), 3.79 (t, J~ 12 Hz, 1H), 3.93 (t, J~ 13 Hz, 1H), 4.05 (t, J~ 13 Hz, 1H), 5.40 (brs, NH, 1H), 7.37 (t, J~ 7 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (t, J~ 6 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (d, J~ 7 Hz, 2H). 13C{1H} for major diastereomer (100.5 MHz, CD2C12, r.t.): δ 45.0 (s, 1C), 47.5 (s, 1C), 47.6 (s, 1C), 48.3 (s, 1C), 49.1 (s, 1C), 54.0 (s, 1C, overlapped with CD2C12 peak), 55.4 (s, 1C), 58.4 (s, 1C), 60.7 (s, 1C, CH3), 61.7 (s, 1C, CH3), 128.9 (s, 2Cmeta, Ph), 130.1 (s, lC^ra, Ph), 133.3 (s, 2Cortho, Ph), 133.6 (s, \Cipso, Ph).
[0218] The X-Ray structure of A-5 showed a solid state structure that is similar to the structures of complexes A-1, A-2, A-3, and A-6. Complex A-5 crystallized as four independent diastereomers whose asymmetric centers originate from the N-nitrogen and sulfur atoms, respectively. In solution, one of the diastereomers was preferred relative to the others present (approximately 90% level).
[0219] Example 6.1.14. Synthesis of Complex C-2. A mixture of [RuCl2(COD)]n (309 mg, 1.103 mmol), PCy3 (309 mg, 1.103 mmol) and Id (248 mg, 1.103 mmol) was stirred in toluene (10 ml) at 115 °C for 48 h (in a KONTES® pressure tube). After cooling, the brick colored precipitate was filtered on a filter frit, washed with Et20 (3 x 10 ml) and partially vacuum dried on the filter (vacuum pump). The residue was extracted from the filter frit with dichloromethane (6 >< 3 ml). The obtained solution was layered with Et20 (100 ml). Red-brown crystals were collected in few days (521 mg, 70%> yield). Elem. Anal: Calcd for
C30H53Cl2N2PRuS (676.77): C, 53.24; H, 7.89; N, 4.14%. Found: C, 53.10; H, 7.95; N, 4.05%. 31P{1H} (162 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 27.0 (s). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 0.78-3.90 (overlapped m, 47H), 5.57 (brs, 1H, NH), 7.22-7.53 (m, 3Η), 8.10-8.30 (m, 2Η). 13C{1H} (100.5 MHz, CDC13, r.t., selected without PCy3 carbon atoms): δ 46.7 (s, 1C), 46.8 (s, 1C), 48.5 (s, 1C), 52.3 (s, 1C), 54.2 (s, 1C), 67.2 (s, 1C), 128.2 (s, 2Cmeta, Ph), 129.4 (s, \Cpara, Ph), 134.9 (s, 2Cortho, Ph), 137.8 (s, \Cipso, Ph).
[0220] Example 6.1.15. Synthesis of Complex C-3. Prepared similarly as Complex C- 2, using ligand 2d. The compound exists in CDC13 as a mixture of presumably two diastereomers (79:21 ratio). 31P{1H} (162 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 28.8 (s, minor, 21%), 29.0 (s, major, 79%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, r.t., selected): δ 2.09 (CH3, major), 2.59 (CH3, major), 2.83 (CH3, major), 4.80 (vt, NH minor), 5.09 (vt, NH major). 13C {1H} (100.5 MHz, CDC13, r.t., selected without PCy3 carbon atoms, major): δ 20.9 (s, 1C), 43.3 (s, 1C), 46.6 (s, 1C), 48.1 (s, 1C), 52.0 (s, 1C), 55.1 (s, 1C), 67.2 (s, 1C).
[0221] Example 6.1.16. Synthesis of Complex F-l. To [RuCl2(PPh3)3] (556 mg, 0.58 mmol) was added a solution of ligand 11 (201 mg, 0.58 mmol) in 7 ml of CH2C12 with stirring. The resulting burgundy solution was stirred at r.t. for 2 hrs and evaporated. Diethyl ether was added to cause precipitation. The light-brown precipitate was collected on frit filter and washed with Et20 (3 x 10 ml), vacuum dried and recrystallized from dichloromethane/Et20. Elem.
Anal: Calcd for C37H4iCl2N2PRuS2 (780.81): C, 56.91; H, 5.29; N, 3.59%. Found: C, 57.41; H, 5.52; N, 3.56%). In alternative procedure, [RuCl2(PPh3)3] (310 mg, 0.32 mmol) and ligand 11 (112 mg, 0.32 mmol) were refluxed in 2 ml of toluene with stirring. The product was separated from PPh3 excess on alumogel column (A1203 neutral, hexane-ethyl acetate 7:3, Rf = 0.4, air). 31P{1H} (162 MHz, CD2C12, r.t.): δ 48.5 (s). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD2C12, r.t.): δ 0.88-1.84 (overlapped, 3H), 1.21-1.45 (overlapped, 3H), 1.72 (d, J~ 11 Hz, 1H), 2.58 (d, J~ 11 Hz, 1H), 2.77 (m, 1H), 3.08-3.26 (overlapped m, 2H), 3.45-3.74 (overlapped m, 3H), 3.92 (vt, J~ 10 Hz, 1H), 4.34 (d, J~ 15 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (vt, J~ 10 Hz, 1H), 5.41 (brs, 1H, NH), 6.60 (s, 1Η), 6.86 (s, 1Η), 7.01 (s, 2Η), 7.16-7.28 (m, 11Η), 7.42 (d, J~ 15 Hz, 2H), 7.46-7.62 (m, 6H). 13C{1H} (100.5 MHz, CD2C12, r.t.,): δ 24.2 (s, 1C), 25.6 (s, 1C), 32.0 (s, 1C), 34.7 (s, 1C), 44.9 (s, 1C), 45.9 (s, 1C), 52.9 (s, 1C), 63.2 (s, 1C), 71.4 (s, 1C), 125.8 (s, 1C), 126.8 (s, 1C), 127.1 (s, 1C),
127.7 (d, Jc-P = 9 Hz, 6Cmeta, Pi¾), 128.2 (s, 2Cmeta, Ph), 128.7 (d, JC-P = 1.5 Hz, 3Cpara, PPh3),
128.8 (s, lCpara, Ph), 133.3 (s, 2Cortho, Ph), 133.9 (d, JC_P = 10 Hz, 6Cortho, Pi¾), 135.2 (s, lCipso, Ph), 137.1 (d, J= 36 Hz, 3C^0), 142.9 (s, 1C).
[0222] Example 6.2. Synthesis and Characterization of Ruthenium Complexes Using P(0)NS-Type Ligands .
[0223] Scheme 10 below illustrates Ruthenium Complexes of P(0)NS-type ligands that were synthesized, isolated and subsequently used as precatalysts in catalytic reactions.
Figure imgf000099_0001
Scheme 10
[0224] Example 6.2.1. Synthesis of Complex D-1. To [RuCl2(PPh3)3] (420 mg, 0.438 mmol) was added a solution of crude ligand 8 (140 mg, 0.438 mmol) in 6 ml of CH2C12 with stirring. The resulting burgundy solution was stirred at r.t. for 90 min (31P NMR analysis of the reaction mixture performed after 1 h (CDC13) reveals full conversion of the starting material into the product (represented by two -1 : 1 isomers: 5 43.9 (s, PPh3, 24%), 45.1 (s, PPh3, 26%), 52.7 (s, P(0)Ph2, 24%), 52.8 (s, P(0)Ph2, 26%)) and free PPh3 (δ -5.5 ppm)) and then concentrated to ~ 40% in volume. The solution was layered with Et20 (22 ml) and left for six days. After decantation of the mother liquor, the obtained brick-colored precipitate was transferred to a filter frit, washed with Et20 (3 x 10 ml) and vacuum dried overnight. Isolated yield: 266 mg (81 >). Elem. Anal. (%): Calc. C, 55.78; H, 4.95; N, 1.86; Fnd C, 55.62; H, 4.94; N, 1.90. The compound crystallizes from dichloromethane-diethyl ether as a single isomer having four atoms P(0)NS located in one plane, based on X-Ray single crystal analysis. Upon dissolution, two isomers, possibly diastereomers, are observed within the mixing time. 31P{1H} NMR
spectroscopy of the isomeric mixture (162 MHz, CD2C12, 25 °C): δ 44.2 (s, PPh3, 24%), 45.4 (s, PPh3, 26%), 52.3 (s, P(0)Ph2, 24%), 53.4 (s, P(0)Ph2, 26%). 1H NMR of the isomeric mixture (400 MHz, CD2C12, 25 °C): δ 1.22 (s, 3.21 H, SMe), 1.24 (s, 3.00 H, SMe), 2.13 (dt, J~ 13 Hz, J ~ 4 Hz, 1.00 H), 2.27 (d, J~ 14 Hz, 1.00 H), 2.56 (dt, J~ 13 Hz, J~ 4 Hz, 1.07 H), 2.73-2.99 (m, 5.21 H), 3.17 (brt, 2.16 H), 2.24-2.42 (m, 4.21 H), 3.96 (q, J~ 13 Hz, 1.00 H), 4.17 (q, J~ 13 Hz, 1.07 H), 4.87 (vt, J~ 11 Hz, 1.07 H), 5.13 (vt, J~ 11 Hz, 1.00 H), 7.25-7.94 (m, 51.75 H, Ph). Selected 13C{1H} NMR (only sp3 carbon atoms) of the major isomer (100.5 MHz, CD2C12, 25 °C): δ 16.1 (s, 1C), 29.8 (d, JC-P ~ 68 Hz, 1C), 38.7 (s, 1C), 44.3 (d, JC-P ~ 6 Hz, 1C), 49.3 (s, 1C). Selected 13C {1H} NMR (only sp3 carbon atoms) of the minor isomer (100.5 MHz, CD2C12, 25 °C): δ 19.0 (s, 1C), 29.5 (d, JC-P ~ 67 Hz, 1C), 37.3 (s, 1C), 44.0 (d, JC-P ~ 6 Hz, 1C), 50.7 (s, 1C). [0225] Example 7. Synthesis and Characterization of Iridium Complexes Using NNS-Type Ligands
[0226] Chart 7 below illustrates Iridium Complexes of NNS-type ligands that were synthesized, isolated and subsequently used as precatalysts in catalytic reactions.
Chart 7
Figure imgf000100_0001
N- - N-4
Figure imgf000100_0002
N-5 N-1
[0227] Complexes M-1 and N-1 to N-5 were synthesized according to Scheme 11.
Figure imgf000101_0001
[0228] In general, the inventive complexes of iridium were prepared by reacting a ligand with a suitable iridium-containing precursor in a suitable solvent.
[0229] Ligands la, 2a, 4a, and 4b were reacted with [IrCl(r|2-COE)2]2 in THF
(tetrahydrofuran) solvent at room temperature. The outcome of these reactions depended on the nature of the Ri group attached to the S donor atom. Ligands 6 and 7 were reacted with [IrCl(Y|2- COE)2]2 in binary toluene-MeCN solvent at room temperature.
[0230] Reaction of ligand la with [IrCl(r|2-COE)2]2 in THF solvent at room temperature afforded the yellow, slightly oxygen-sensitive complex [IrICl^2-COE) {K2(N',5)-la}] (M-1).
[0231] Example 7.1. Synthesis of Complex M-1. In a particular preparation, to
[IrCl(COE)2]2 (145 mg, 0.162 mmol) was added a solution of ligand la (86 mg, 0.324 mmol) in THF (4 ml) with stirring. The initially formed red solution afforded a precipitate after ca. 10 min. The mixture was stirred for 4 h at r.t. and a yellow precipitate was collected on a frit, washed with diethyl ether (3 x 10 ml) and vacuum dried overnight to afford 152 mg of a yellow product (78%). Elem. Anal: Calcd for C22H36ClIrN2OS (604.27): C, 43.73; H, 6.01 ; N, 4.64%; Found: C, 43.46; H, 5.93; N, 4.42%. If the same procedure was carried out in 3 ml of THF, the product was isolated in 90% yield. Elemental analysis for this sample, however, was not acceptable for unknown reasons: Found C, 40.85; H, 5.43; N, 3.91%. The compound is oxygen-sensitive in solution. NMR spectra of the complex depend on the nature of the solvent and are time- dependent. The compound was slightly oxygen-sensitive in solution. NMR spectra of the complex depended on the solvent. The NMR spectra were also time-dependent.
[0232] In another procedure, an orange suspension of [IrCl(COE)2]2 (145 mg, 0.162 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 ml) was prepared. A solution of ligand la (86 mg, 0.324 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 ml) was also prepared. The solution was added to the suspension. After stirring for less than about 30 seconds, a red solution formed. This was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature, then concentrated to about 2 mL, and layered with diethyl ether (20 ml).
Yellow crystals and a yellow powder formed after two days. The solids were filtered, washed with diethyl ether (3 x 5ml) and dried under vacuum dried to afford 142 of a gold-colored material identified as a CH2C12 solvate of complex M-l (one molecule of solvent per 4 molecules of complex based on elemental analysis. Elem. Anal.: Calc'd for
4C22H36ClIrN2OS CH2Cl2: C, 42.72; H, 5.88; N, 4.48%; Found: C, 42.55; H, 5.90; N, 4.34%.
[0233] Example 7.2. Synthesis of Complex N-2. To [IrCl(COE)2]2 (145 mg, 0.162 mmol) was added a solution of ligand 2a (91 mg, 0.324 mmol) in THF (3 ml) with stirring. The orange-yellow suspension was stirred for 3 h at r.t., and a white precipitate was collected on a frit, washed with diethyl ether (3 x 10 ml) and vacuum dried overnight to afford 100 mg of the final off-white product (61%). Elem. Anal : Calcd for Ci5H24ClIrN2OS (508.10): C, 35.46; H, 4.76; N, 5.51%; Found (under nitrogen): C, 35.96; H, 4.75; N, 5.09%. The same compound was obtained when the synthesis was carried out in dichloromethane under the same conditions, except 6 ml of the solvent was used; 50%> isolated yield (82 mg). The compound is sparingly soluble in CD2C12 (hydride peak is observed at δ -19.49 ppm), OMF-dj.
[0234] Example 7.3. Synthesis of Complex N-3. To [IrCl(COE)2]2 (145 mg, 0.162 mmol) was added a solution of ligand 4a (95 mg, 0.324 mmol) in THF (3 ml) under stirring. The initially formed red solution afforded a precipitate after ca. 2 min. The orange-yellow mixture was stirred for 3 h at r.t., and a white precipitate was collected on a frit, washed with diethyl ether (3 x 10 ml) and vacuum dried overnight to afford 57 mg of the final off-white product (34%). Elem. Anal: Calcd for Ci6H26ClIrN2OS (522.12): C, 36.81; H, 5.02; N, 5.37%. Found (under nitrogen): C, 37.71; H, 5.10; N, 5.05%. The compound is stable in CD2CI2 at least overnight. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD2C12, r.t.): δ -21.35 (s, 1H), 1.94 (t, J~ 3 Hz, 1H), 2.27 (t, J~ 3 Hz, 1H), 2.48 (td, J~ 13 Hz, J~ 3 Hz, 1H), 2.56 (td, J~ 13 Hz, J~ 3 Hz, 1H), 2.63-2.84 (overlapped m, 3H), 2.86-3.00 (m, 1H), 3.01-3.11 (m, 1H), 3.53 (d, J~ 11 Hz, 1H), 3.61 (t, J~ 3 Hz, 1H), 3.68-3.86 (overlapped m, 5H), 3.91 (d, J~ 12 Hz, 2H), 4.07 (d, J~ 14 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (q, J~ 11 Hz, 2H), 6.77-6.92 (overlapped, 2H), 7.13 (d, J~ 7 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (d, J~ 8 Hz, 1H). 13C{1H} (100.5 MHz, CD2C12, r.t.): δ 23.1 (s, 1C), 25.6 (s, 1C), 29.0 (s, 1C), 47.1 (s, 1C), 47.6 (s, 1C), 57.9 (s, 1C), 59.9 (s, 1C), 63.7 (s, 1C), 65.6 (s, 1C), 67.2 (s, 1C), 120.4 (s, 1C), 123.0 (s, 1C), 124.6 (s, 1C), 136.5 (s, 1C), 139.4 (s, 1C), 147.5 (s, 1C).
[0235] Example 7.4. Synthesis of Complex N-4. To [IrCl(COE)2]2 (145 mg, 0.162 mmol) was added a solution of ligand 4b (100 mg, 0.324 mmol) in THF (3 ml) with stirring. The initially formed red solution afforded a precipitate after ca. 10 min. The obtained orange-yellow mixture was stirred for 3 h at r.t., after which a white precipitate was collected on a frit, washed with diethyl ether (3 x 10 ml) and vacuum dried overnight to afford 58 mg of the final off- white product (33%). Elem. Anal: Calcd for Ci7H28ClIrN2OS (536.15): C, 38.08; H, 5.26; N, 5.23%. Found (under nitrogen): C, 37.77; H, 5.10; N, 5.27%>. The compound is remarkably air-stable in the solid state, but slowly decomposes in CD2C12 under argon (11%> decomposition) after 15 h monitoring at room temperature. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD2C12, r.t.): δ -22.21 (s, 1H), 1.18 (m, 1H), 1.54 (m, 1H), 1.94 (m, 2H), 2.29 (m, 2H), 2.46 (m, 2H), 1.94 (m, 2H), 2.54-2.81
(overlapped m, 4H), 3.34 (brs, 1H, NH), 3.53-4.13 (overlapped m, 8Η), 4.39 (t, J~ 11 Hz, 1H), 4.50 (t, J~ 11 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (t, J~ 7 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (t, J~ 7 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d, J~ 7 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J~ 7 Hz, 1H). 13C {1H} (100.5 MHz, CD2C12, r.t.): δ 23.5 (s, 1C), 25.9 (s, 1C), 32.3 (s, 1C), 49.7 (s, 1C), 51.1 (s, 1C), 55.1 (s, 1C), 60.3 (s, 1C), 61.6 (s, 1C), 63.7 (s, 1C), 64.0 (s, 1C), 64.4 (s, 1C), 121.0 (s, 1C), 121.5 (s, 1C), 125.3 (s, 1C), 135.5 (s, 1C), 139.2 (s, 1C), 148.9 (s, 1C).
[0236] Example 7.5. Synthesis of Complex N-5. To [IrCl(COE)2]2 (145 mg, 0.162 mmol) was added a solution of ligand 6 (104 mg, 0.324 mmol) in toluene (2 ml), then acetonitrile (2 ml) with stirring. The initial orange suspension converted into a red solution upon stirring. The mixture was stirred for 3 h at r.t., concentrated to ~ half volume and layered with pentane (22 ml). In 4 days, the mother liquor was decanted from the residue composed of red- yellow crystalline material (bottom) and well-shaped yellow crystals (wall). The residue was slightly dried and diethyl ether (5 ml), then pentane (5 ml), were added successively and the resulting suspension was stirred -10 min. The binary solvent was decanted and the yellow powder was washed two times with diethyl ether (5 ml) and then dried overnight under vacuum. Isolated yield: 141 mg (79%). Elem. Anal: Calcd for Ci8H3oClIrN2OS (550.18): C, 39.30; H, 5.50; N, 5.09%. Found (under nitrogen): C, 39.14; H, 5.62; N, 5.29%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCls, r.t.): δ -25.02 (s, 1H), 1.38-1.51 (m, 1H), 1.60-1.76 (m, 2H), 1.96-2.10 (m, 1H), 2.10- 2.19 (m, 1H), 2.19-2.30 (m, 1H), 2.42-2.59 (m, 6H), 2.67-2.81 (m, 2H), 2.81-2.91 (m, 1H), 2.57-2.72 (m, 2H), 3.72-3.88 (m, 4H), 3.88-4.00 (m, 2H), 4.37 (q, J~ 10 Hz, 2H), 6.77 (t, J~ 7 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (t, J~ 7 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J~ 7 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (d, J~ 7 Hz, 1H). 13C {1H} (100.5 MHz, CDCI3, r.t.): δ 15.3 (s, 1C), 22.4 (s, 1C), 24.7 (s, 1C), 36.0 (s, 1C), 50.0 (s, 1C), 54.4 (s, 1C), 59.4 (s, 1C), 60.2 (s, 1C), 61.1 (s, 1C), 61.2 (s, 1C), 64.2 (s, 1C), 64.3 (s, 1C), 120.1 (s, 1C), 120.9 (s, 1C), 124.0 (s, 1C), 133.2 (s, 1C), 138.5 (s, 1C), 149.3 (s, 1C).
[0237] Example 7.6. Synthesis of Complex N-l . Prepared similarly as N-5, except 7 was used as ligand. Isolated yield: 141 mg (79%>). Elem. Anal: Calcd for Ci8H3oClIrN2OS (508.14): C, 37.82; H, 5.55; N, 5.51%. Found (under nitrogen): C, 37.53; H, 5.33; N, 5.47%. Slowly decomposes in CDC13. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, r.t., selected): δ -25.37 (s, 1H), 6.73 (t, J~ 7 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (t, J~ 7 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (d, J~ 7 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (d, J~ 7 Hz, 1H). 13C {1H} (100.5 MHz, CDC13, r.t.): δ 23.9 (s, 1C), 24.8 (s, 1C), 36.9 (s, 1C), 50.6 (s, 1C), 53.9 (s, 1C), 54.5 (s, 1C), 59.5 (s, 1C), 59.6 (s, 1C), 60.9 (s, 1C), 61.6 (s, 1C), 1 19.4 (s, 1C), 120.5 (s, 1C), 123.7 (s, 1C), 135.6 (s, 1C), 138.8 (s, 1C), 149.8 (s, 1C).
[0238] The reactivity of [IrCl(r|2-COE)2]2 towards NNS-type ligands la, 2a, 4a and 4b was in sharp contrast to its reported reactivity towards PNP-type ligands of the general formula type R2P(CH2)2NH(CH2)2PR2, (the outcome of these reactions also depended on the nature of R and the reaction conditions, including solvent and temperature). When R = 'Pr,
[IrniClH2 { Pr2PC2H4)2NH}] was isolated when the synthesis was carried out in isopropanol at 80 °C. At room temperature, the reaction was reported to give the complex [ΐΓ!2- COE) {('Pr2PC2H4)2NH}]Cl, which was reported to exhibit fluxional behavior in solution. When R = Cy or Ad, isostructural iridium (III) dihydride complexes [IrinClH2{(Cy2PC2H4)2NH}] and [IrinClH2 {(Ad2PC2H4)2NH}] were isolated when the reaction was carried out at room temperature in toluene and THF, respectively. When R = bulky tBu,
[IrCl(C8Hi3)H{(iBu2PC2H4)2NH}] was isolated. The [IrinClH2 {CPr2PC2H4)2NH}] ("Ir-PNP") is commercially available and has been reported as (pre)catalyst in ester hydrogenation, ketone transfer hydrogenations, solvolysis of ammonia borane and amination of aliphatic alcohols.
[0239] The identity of embodiment complexes M-1 and N-l, N-2, N-3, N-4, N-5 was supported by elemental analysis. In addition, X-ray structures were obtained for complexes M-1, N-3, N-4 and N-5, respectively.
[0240] Example 8. Synthesis and Characterization of Other Complexes Using NNS, P(0)NS, SNNS Type Ligands
[0241] Other transition metal complexes are accessible by reactions of suitable precursors with these inventive ligands. Representative inventive complexes were also prepared using first row transition metals including Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, and Cu. These reactions typically involved reaction of the embodiment ligand with a MCb salt (M = transition metal) in a solvent at 25°C. Chart 8 below illustrates other complexes of NNS, P(0)NS, SNNS-type ligands that were synthesized, isolated and subsequently used as precatalysts in catalytic reactions.
Chart 8.
Figure imgf000106_0001
Mn-1 Fe-1 Co-1 Co-2
Figure imgf000106_0002
possible structure
Ni-1 Cu-1 Cu-2
Figure imgf000106_0003
possible structure possible structure possible structure
-2 Co-3 Cu-3
Figure imgf000106_0004
Cu-4 Cu-5
[0242] Complexes Mn-1, Fe-1, Fe-2, Co-1, Co-2, Co-3, Ni-1, Cu-1, Cu-2, Cu-3, Cu-4, and Cu-5 were synthesized according to Scheme 12 and Scheme 13.
Figure imgf000107_0001
1 1 Cll-5 y. 75%
Scheme 13. Synthesis of several exemplary copper complexes. Isolated yields are shown.
[0243] Example 8.1. Synthesis of [Mn(K2[ V, V]-la)Cl2] (Mn-1). To a pink suspension of MnCl2 (0.745 mmol, 94 mg) in MeCN (1 ml) was added a solution of la (0.745 mmol, 198 mg) in MeCN (3 ml) under stirring. In 1-2 min, white precipitate started to form. In 24 h, the precipitate was filtered, washed with MeCN (3 x 2 ml), diethyl ether (3 x 4 ml) and vacuum dried overnight. Yield: 220 mg (75 %), white powder. The compound is sparingly soluble in dichloromethane, THF, ethanol and acetonitrile. It dissolves immediately in water on air. The obtained transparent solution slowly produces yellowish precipitate likely due to decomposition. Elem. Anal: Calcd for
Figure imgf000108_0001
(1568.96): C, 42.87; H, 5.65; N, 7.14%; Found (under nitrogen): C, 42.06; H, 5.34; N, 6.92%. ^ = 6.4 μΒ (21 °C).
[0244] Example 8.2. Iron complexes
[0245] Example 8.2.1. Synthesis of [Fe(K2[7V,7V]-la)Cl2] (Fe-1). To a yellowish suspension of FeCl2 (0.745 mmol, 94 mg) in MeCN (1 ml) was added a solution of la (0.745 mmol, 198 mg) in MeCN (3 ml). The initial suspension slowly transformed into a light-green solution (ca. 1 h). In 2 h, the solution was filtered through a Whatman syringe filter (PTFE membrane, pore size 0.45 μιη), concentrated to ~ 2 ml and layered with diethyl ether (~ 21 ml). Large light-green-blue box-crystals were obtained overnight. Decantation of the mother liquor after 5 days afforded 223 mg of the compound (76 %). Elem. Anal: Calcd for Ci4H22Cl2FeN2OS (393.15): C, 42.77; H, 5.64; N, 7.13%; Found (under nitrogen): C, 42.12; H, 5.45; N, 6.78%. = 5.5 μΒ (21 °C).
[0246] Alternative work-up for Fe-1. After filtering the solution through a Whatman syringe filter as described above, the solvent was evaporated and the obtained residue was stirred with diethyl ether (7 ml) - pentane (7 ml) mixture to afford a white precipitate (overnight). The precipitate was collected, washed with diethyl ether (3 >< 5 ml) and vacuum dried overnight. Yield: 215 mg (73 %), white powder. The paramagnetic material is oxygen-sensitive in both the solid state and immediately in solution. Elem. Anal.: Calcd for C14H22Cl2FeN2OS (393.15): C, 42.77; H, 5.64; N, 7.13%. Found (under argon): C, 42.59; H, 5.69; N, 7.01%.
[0247] Example 8.2.2. Synthesis of Complex Fe-2. To yellowish FeCl2 (0.221 mmol, 28 mg) was added a solution of ligand 8 (0.221 mmol, 70 mg) in MeCN (3 ml) under stirring. The obtained solution was stirred for 2 h and layered with diethyl ether (20 ml). The next day a white precipitate was separated, washed with diethyl ether (3 >< 5 ml) and vacuum dried. Yield: 67 mg (68%), off-white powder. Elem. Anal: Calcd for CnffeCbFeNOPS (446.15): C, 45.77; H, 4.97; N, 3.14%; Found: C, 45.48; H, 4.95; N, 3.06%.
[0248] Example 8.3. Cobalt Complexes
[0249] Example 8.3.1. Synthesis of [Co(K2[ V, V]-la)Cl2] (Co-1). To a blue suspension of CoCl2 (0.745 mmol, 97 mg) in MeCN (1 ml) was added a solution of la (0.745 mmol, 198 mg) in MeCN (3 ml). The obtained solution was stirred for 2 h, filtered through Whatman syringe filter (PTFE membrane, pore size 0.45 μιη), concentrated to ~ 2 ml and layered with diethyl ether (~ 21 ml). Blue crystals were obtained overnight. Decantation of the mother liquor after 5 days afforded 236 mg of a visually air-stable compound (80 %). Elem. Anal.: Calcd for C14H22CI2C0N2OS (396.24): C, 42.44; H, 5.60; N, 7.07%; Found: C, 42.27; H, 5.63; N, 7.08%. ^ = 5.1 μΒ (21 °C).
[0250] Example 8.3.2. Synthesis of [Co( 3[ V, V',S]-3a)Cl2] (Co-2). To a blue suspension of C0CI2 (0.745 mmol, 97 mg) in MeCN (1 ml) was added a solution of 3a (0.745 mmol, 209 mg) in MeCN (3 ml). Additionally MeCN (3 ml) was added to the obtained mixture was for homogenization. The thus obtained blue solution was stirred for 2 h, concentrated to ~ half of the volume and layered with diethyl ether (~ 17 ml). Light-blue crystals were obtained overnight. Decantation of the mother liquor afforded 186 mg of visually air-stable compound (61 %). Elem. Anal: Calcd for Ci5H24Cl2CoN2OS (410.26): C, 43.91 ; H, 5.90; N, 6.83%; Found: C, 44.21 ; H, 5.92; N, 6.80%. ^ = 4.4 μΒ (25 °C).
[0251] Example 8.3.3. Synthesis of Complex Co-3. To CoCl2 (0.209 mmol, 27 mg) was added a solution of ligand 8 (0.209 mmol, 1 15 mg) in MeCN (4 ml). The obtained blue solution was stirred for 2 h, filtrated and layered with diethyl ether (20 ml). The next day aprecipitate collected, washed with diethyl ether (3 >< 5 ml) and dried under vacuum overnight. Yield: 66 mg (70%). Elem. Anal: Calcd for Ci7H22Cl2CoNOPS (449.24): C, 45.45; H, 4.94; N, 3.12%; Found: C, 45.33; H, 4.87; N, 3.18%.
[0252] Example 8.4. Synthesis of irans-[Ni( 3[N,N',S]-3a)(EtOH)Cl2] (Ni-1). A mixture of NiCl2 (0.278 mmol, 36 mg) and 3a (0.278 mmol, 79 mg) in anhydrous EtOH (4 ml) was stirred in a KONTES® pressure tube at 90°C. After 44 h, the tube was cooled at -20°C for 1 h, and a greenish precipitate was collected on a frit filter, washed with EtOH (3 x 2 ml), then Et20 (3 x 4 ml) and dried under vacuum overnight. 77 mg of the greenish powder was recovered (61 %). Elem. Anal : Calcd for Ci7H22Cl2NiNOPS (456.09): C, 44.77; H, 6.63; N, 6.14%; Found (under nitrogen): C, 45.03; H, 6.50; N, 6.06%. ^ff= 3.6 μΒ (25 °C).
[0253] Example 8.5. Copper complexes
[0254] Example 8.5.1. Synthesis of [Cu(K3[ V, V',S]-3a)Cl2] (Cu-1). To a brown suspension of CuCl2 (0.745 mmol, 100 mg) in MeCN (1 ml) was added a solution of 3a (0.745 mmol, 198 mg,) in MeCN (3 ml). An immediate change of the color to green was observed. The obtained solution was stirred for 4 h, filtered and the solvent evaporated under vacuum. To the obtained oily residue was added pentane (10 ml), and the mixture was stirred overnight to afford a green precipitate that was collected, washed with pentane and dried under vacuum overnight. Yield: 272 mg (91%), visually air- and moisture-stable green solid. Elem. Anal.: Calcd for Ci4H22Cl2CuN2OS (400.85): C, 41.95; H, 5.53; N, 6.99%; Found: C, 41.88; H, 5.53; N, 6.84%. ^ = 2.1 μΒ (25 °C).
[0255] Example 8.5.2. Synthesis of [Cu( 3[ V, V',S]-3a)Cl2] (Cu-2). To a brown suspension of CuCl2 (0.684 mmol, 92 mg) in MeCN (2 ml) was added a solution of 3a (0.684 mmol, 192 mg) in MeCN (6 ml). An immediate change of the color to green was observed. The obtained suspension was stirred for 4 h, the precipitate was filtered washed with diethyl ether (3 x 5 ml) and dried under vacuum overnight. Yield: 224 mg (79%), as an air- and moisture-stable sea-green solid. Elem. Anal: Calcd for Ci5H24Cl2CuN2OS (414.88): C, 43.43; H, 5.83; N, 6.75%; Found: C, 42.83; H, 5.49; N, 6.58%. = 1.9 μΒ (25 °C).
[0256] Example 8.5.3. Synthesis of Complex Cu-3. To a brown CuCl2 (0.358 mmol, 48 mg) was added a solution of ligand 8 (0.358 mmol, 115 mg) in MeCN (4 ml). A change in color to green was observed (~5 min). The obtained mixture was stirred for 2 h, filtered and the filtrate was layered with diethyl ether (20 ml). The next day, a precipitate was collected, washed with diethyl ether (3 >< 5 ml) and dried under vacuum overnight. Yield: 122 mg (75%). Elem. Anal.: Calcd for Ci7H22Cl2CuNOPS (453.85): C, 44.99; H, 4.89; N, 3.09%; Found: C, 43.92; H, 4.89; N, 3.03%.
[0257] Example 8.5.4. Synthesis of Complex Cu-4. To a brown suspension of CuCl2 (98 mg, 0.729 mmol) in MeCN (2 ml) was added a solution of 10 (153 mg, 0.729 mmol) in MeCN (4 ml). An immediate change of the color to blue was observed. In 10 min, the color changed to dark purple and a cyan precipitate started to form under stirring. The obtained suspension was stirred for 2 h, the precipitate was filtered, washed with pentane (3 x 5 ml) and dried under vacuum overnight. Yield: 186 mg (74%), air- and moisture-stable cyan solid. Elem. Anal: Calcd for CnHi8Cl2CuN2S (344.79): C, 38.32; H, 5.26; N, 8.12%; Found: C, 38.04; H, 5.11; N, 8.06%). Upon dissolution in different solvents, different colors of solutions are observed: cyan in methanol, yellow in benzene, green in THF.
[0258] Example 8.5.5. Synthesis of Complex Cu-5. To a brown suspension of CuCl2 (40 mg, 0.298 mmol) in MeCN (2 ml) was added a solution of 11 (104 mg, 0.298 mmol) in MeCN (2 ml). Immediate change of the color to green was observed. In ~1 min, a precipitate started to form under stirring. The obtained suspension was stirred for 2 h, the precipitate was filtered, washed with diethyl ether (3 x 5 ml), pentane (3 x 5 ml) and dried under vacuum overnight. Yield: 111 mg (77%), light-green air- and moisture-stable solid. Elem. Anal.: Calcd for Ci9H26Cl2CuN2S2 (481.00): C, 47.44; H, 5.45; N, 5.82%; Found: C, 46.48; H, 5.33; N, 5.76%.
[0259] Example 8.5.6. Synthesis of Water-Soluble Complex Cu-6 and unique dimeric Cu-7 complex containing two chiral ligands as shown in Scheme 14.
Figure imgf000112_0001
Figure imgf000112_0002
Scheme 14.
[0260] Example 8.5.6.1. Synthesis of Water-Soluble Complex Cu-6. CuS04 5H20 (500 mg, 2.0 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (30 ml, -20 min) under stirring. A solution of ligand 10 (421 mg, 2.0 mmol) in MeOH (10 ml) was added. An immediate change of the color to blue-dark was observed. The mixture was stirred in air for 2 h, the precipitate was filtered, washed with MeOH (3 x 10 ml), diethyl ether (3 x 25 ml) and vacuum dried to afford 660 mg of the product. Elem. Anal: Calcd for CiiHi8Cl2CuN204S2 (369.95): C, 35.71 ; H, 4.90; N, 7.57%; Found: C, 34.65; H, 4.69; N, 6.96%>. The product was air and moisture-stable.
[0261] Example 8.5.6.2. Synthesis of Complex Cu-7. To a suspension of (£)-(+)- Ι , - Binaphthyl-2,2'-diyl hydrogenphosphate (97% Aldrich, CAS Number 35193-64-7, 200 mg, 0.574 mmol) in 15 ml of dichloromethane was added a solution of Cu-6 (0.5 equiv, 106 mg, 0.287 mmol) in 10 ml of water. The mixture was stirred in air and NaHC03 was added via spatula until two clear phases formed. Brine (5 ml) was added. The blue organic phase was separated. The aqueous phase was washed with dichloromethane (2 x 15 ml). Combined organic phases were dried over MgS04, filtered and vacuum dried to afford 146 mg of the product (52 % yield). The complex easily recrystallized from hot acetone on air. Elem. Anal.: Calcd for Cio2H86Cu2N4Oi7P4S2 (1954.93): C, 62.67; H, 4.43; N, 2.87%; Found: C, 59.93; H, 4.44; N, 3.02%. This product has also been characterized chrystallographically.
[0262] Example 9. Catalytic Hydrogenation of Methyl Trifluoroacetate (Scheme
15).
[0263] Complexes of the present invention were used as pre-catalysts for hydrogenation of methyl trifluoroacetate (MTFA, substrate A) as shown below. It should be appreciated that the hydrogenation of methyl trifluoroacetate by catalysts of the present invention is sufficiently novel that the catalytic hydrogenation of this substrate constitutes separate embodiments of the present invention.
[0264] Results are summarized in Table 1 (vide infra).
Figure imgf000113_0001
"MTFA" "TFAMH" "TFE"
A B c
Scheme 15.
[0265] In one set of experiments, the ester methyl trifluoroacetate ("MTFA") was chosen as a substrate because homogeneous hydrogenation of MTFA may afford
trifluoroacetaldehyde methyl hemiacetal ("TFAMH") and/or 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol ("TFE") depending on the conditions used. TFAMH is an important synthon in the production of various fluorinated chemicals containing CF3-groups. TFAMH is also used in medicinal chemistry and in agrochemical research and in materials research. MTFA is typically produced from fluoral and methanol at -78 °C, or via a complicated two-step Swartz-type reaction (including a step with HF in the gas-phase), or by stoichiometric hydrogenation of MTFA using borohydride as a reducing agent. The borohydride reduction is neither environmentally nor economically attractive. A method for catalytically converting MTFA (commercially available at $47 for 25 grams) into TFAMH (commercially available at $50 for 250 milligrams) using molecular hydrogen would provide a less expensive, greener alternative to the known methods.
Table 1. Hydrogenation of methyl trifluoroacetate A catalyzed by various bifunctional catalysts" . run cat S/C temp, °C conv., %* yield, %b B C TONc
1 - - 40 0 0 0 0 0
2 Ru-MACHO 2000 40 92 92 1 91 3660
3 Ru-MACHO 20 000 40 96 96 72 24 24000
4 Ru-SNS 2000 40 71 71 59 12 1660
5 Ru-P N 2000 40 43 42 41 1 860
6 (^,^)-Ts-DENEB 2000 40 26 26 21 5 620
7 (^)-RUCY-XylBINAP 2000 40 62 62 44 18 1600
8 A-l 2000 40 53 52 35 17 1380
9 A-2 2000 40 69 69 42 27 1920
10 A-3 2000 40 77 77 57 20 1940
11 A-6 2000 40 46 45 31 14 1180
12 J-l 2000 40 20 20rf 19 1 420
13 J-2 2000 40 27 26rf 22 4 600
14 L-l 2000 40 39 38rf 25 13 1020
15 B-l 2000 40 66 66 39 27 1860
16 C-2 2000 40 60 60 36 23 1640
17 A-4 2000 40 88 87 75 12 1980
18 K-l 2000 40 50 49 46 3 1040
19 A-5 2000 40 36 35e 34 1 720
20 D-l 2000 40 72 71 61 10 1620
21 Ir-PNP 2000 ' 40 97 97 13 84 3620
22 Ir-PNP 20 000 40 86 86 51 35 24200
23 M-l 2000 40 90 90 75 15 2100
24 M-l 20 000 40 29 29 27 1 5800
25 N-2 2000 42^46 96 96 68 27 2440
26 N-2 20 000 40 58 58 56 1 11600
27 N-3 2000 42^46 96 96 44 51 2920
28 N-3 20 000 40 58 58 56 1 11600
29 N-4 2000 40 91 91 62 29 2400
30 N-4 20 000 40 53 53 51 2 11000
31 N-4 20 0005 40 0.3 0.3 0 0.3 120
"Experimental conditions: substrate (10 mmol), 5 ml MeOH containing 2.5 mmol MeONa (135 mg), 24 h, 50 ml Parr autoclave. ¾19F NMR area, see SI for details. "TON = turnover number, calculated as TON (B) + 2 x TON (C). ^Reaction mixture was heterogeneous in the end. eReaction mixture became green upon exposure to air. -¾0 min. ¾ase = 13.5 mg (0.025 equiv relative to A). Chart 9
Figure imgf000115_0001
N-5 R = Me; n = m = 2
[0266] Entries 2-7, 20-21 in Table 1 describe results obtained using various
commercially available Ru and Ir complexes as shown in Chart 9. Entries 8-19, 22-27 represent the results obtained with embodiment complexes under the same conditions. Since the vast majority of esters (and other carboxylic and carbonic acid derivatives) are methyl derived, methanol was chosen as the solvent. The reduction of these compounds will necessarily produce methanol, thus its direct use as the reaction medium greatly simplifies solvent recycle. In this case, no solvent separation steps are required, thus positively impacting environmental aspects of such chemistries (a very important consideration in pharmaceutical and large-scale industrial processes). Unfortunately, many bifunctional catalysts, in particular those used for ester hydrogenations, are not active in methanol. For example, Gusev's Ru-SNS complex that is a versatile catalyst for ester hydrogenation in THF (WO2014036650A1), hydrogenates substrate A only barely in methanol. Results from Table 1 identify three versatile catalysts for the A hydrogenation in methanol, Ru-MACHO complex, Ir-PNP and complexes N-2, N-3 and N-4. Of note catalyst N-5 (see below, Table 2), gives excellent selectivity towards B formation (96%) and reasonable TON of 19 000.
[0267] Example 9.1. Hydrogenation under substrate-to-catalyst ratio (S/C) = 2000. In a closed vial (loaded in the glovebox), a mixture of complex (0.005 mmol) and MeONa (135 mg, 2.5 mmol) was stirred in methanol (5 ml) for approximately 1 min (except for J-l and J-2, which were stirred for approximately 15 min to ensure complete dissolution). Methyl
trifluoroacetate A (1 ml, 10 mmol) was added via microsyringe and the resulting mixture was stirred for approximately 1 minute more and then transferred into a 50 ml Parr autoclave (Model No. 4792 General Purpose Vessel with a PTFE head gasket) equipped with glass liner and magnetic stirrer. The autoclave was closed, removed from the glovebox and connected to a hydrogen tank (the line was vented with molecular hydrogen three times). Hydrogen was initially introduced into the autoclave at a pressure of approximately 5 bar, before being reduced to approximately 1 bar by carefully releasing the stop valve three times and finally pressurized to 25 bar. The temperature was carefully increased to 40°C and monitored via a 4838 Parr
Temperature Controller. Observed stability and accuracy was ±1°C. At the end of the reaction time, the reactor was moved into a precooled water bath (0°C) for 5-10 min and then
depressurized. The neat reaction mixture from the liner was then directly analyzed by 19F NMR spectroscopy (rd = 10 s; trifluoroacetaldehyde methyl hemiacetal ("TFAMH," B): δ -83.3, d, 3JF-H = 4 Hz; 2,2,2-trifiuoroethanol ("TFE,"C): δ -77.0 ppm, t, 3JF-H = 9 Hz). We noted in some experiments, a very minor amount of acetal (< 0.5-1%, 19F NMR: δ -80.5, d, JF-H = 4 Hz). The balance of material present was unreacted starting material. Most of the experiments were performed at least twice.
[0268] Example 9.2. Hydrogenation under substrate-to-catalyst ratio (S/C) = 20,000. A stock solution of the complex (0.005 mmol) in methanol (10 ml) was prepared. 1 ml of this stock-solution was added to a mixture of MeONa (135 mg, 2.5 mmol or 13.5 mg, 0.25 mmol) in 4 ml MeOH. The mixture was stirred for approximately 1 min prior to addition of methyl trifluoroacetate (1 ml, 10 mmol). Further manipulations were performed as described above for hydrogenations performed with S/C=2000.
[0269] A second set of experiments, focusing on two iridium complexes to verify the effect of methylation of the NH ligand, as well as the amount of base, are described in Table 2. Table 2
run Ir cat S/C base, equiv" conv., %b yield, % b B C TONc
1 - - - 0 0 0 0 0
2 N-4 2000 500 91 91 62 29 2400
3 N-4 5000 1250 84 83 74 9 4600
4 N-4 20000 5000 53 53 51 2 11000
5 N-4 2000c 50 13 13 12 1 280
6 N-4 5000 c 125 1.7 1.7 1.7 0 85
7 N-4 20000 c 500 0.3 0.3 0.3 0 60
8 N-5 2000 500 92 92 60 32 2480
9 N-5 5000 1250 92 92 78 14 5300
10 N-5 20000 5000 91 91 87 4 19000
1 1 N-5 2000c 50 -2.5 -2.5 2.5 -0.04 -52
12 N-5 5000 c 125 0.9 0.9 0.9 0 45
13 N-5 20000 c 500 0.2 0.2 0.2 0 40
"Relative to [Ir]. bl9F NMR area of neat reaction mixture, see SI. TON = turnover number, calculated as TON (B) + 2 TON(C). cEster:base = 1 :0.025.
[0270] Entries 2-7 and 8-13 in Table 2 summarize results obtained from using complexes N-4 and N-5, respectively.
[0271] Runs 4 and 10 provide a comparison of hydrogenation rates of complex N-4 with complex N-5 under otherwise identical reaction conditions. Turnover numbers (TON) for these runs were excellent, exceeding 10,000. Notably, replacement of the NH group of complex XVIII with the N(C¾) group of complex N-5 resulted in an almost 60% increase in hydrogenation activity. This difference in hydrogenation activity between complex N-4 and complex N-5 was unexpected because it is contrary to what would have been expected based upon the generally accepted behavior and mechanism for bifunctional catalysis in which N-methylated complexes are much less active (if at all) for hydrogenation than their corresponding NH analogs.
[0272] Example 10. Catalytic Hydrogenation of Aromatic Ketones (Scheme 16).
The results are summarized in Table 3. Again, the results are focusing on two iridium complexes to verify the effect of methylation of the NH ligand.
Figure imgf000118_0001
Figure imgf000118_0002
Scheme 16.
Table 3. Catalytic Hydrogenation of Aromatic Ketones.'
Run cat subs S/C MeONa, Solv time, h temp, conv. yield, mol % °C %b %b lc N-4 Kl 5 000 5 MeOH 0.5d 40-41 100 100
2C N-5 Kl 5 000 5 MeOH 0.5d 40 100 100
3C N-4 Kl 50 000 5 MeOH 3 40-41 58 58
4C N-5 Kl 50 000 5 MeOH 3 40 >99 >99
5 N-4 K2 50 000 5 MeOH 3 40-42 9 9
6 N-5 K2 50 000 5 MeOH 3 40 26 26
7 N-4 K3 1 000 5 MeOH 1 40 >99 >99
8 N-5 K3 1 000 5 MeOH 1 40 >99 >99
9 N-4 K3 50 000 5 MeOH 3 40-42 25 25
10 N-5 K3 50 000 5 MeOH 3 40-42 27 27
11 N-4 K4 50 000 5 MeOH 3 40-43 ~0 ~0
12 N-5 K4 50 000 5 MeOH 3 40-43 ~0 ~0
13 N-4 K5 1 000 5 MeOH 3 40 ~0 ~0
14 N-5 K5 1 000 5 MeOH 3 40 ~0 ~0
15 N-4 K6 1 000 5 MeOH 3 40-42 100 100
16 N-5 K6 1 000 5 MeOH 3 40-42 100 100
Standard reaction conditions: substrate (10 mmol), solvent (5 mL), 50 mL Parr autoclave. *NMR (1H or 19F, rd = 10 s). cEach run performed at least twice, see SI for details. ^Essentially completed after 20 min based on drop in pressure. [0273] Example 11. Catalytic Hydrogenation of 2,2,2-trifluoroacetophenone. The catalyst (0.008 mmol: complex N-4: 4.3 mg, complex N-5: 4.4 mg) was dissolved in methanol (20 ml) with stirring. 5 ml of this stock-solution was added to MeONa (5 mol %: 27 mg). The mixture was stirred for ~1 min prior to addition of 2,2,2-trifluoroacetophenone (1.4 ml, 10 mmol). The obtained mixture was then stirred for ~1 min additionally and then transferred into a 50 ml Parr autoclave (Model No. 4792 General Purpose Vessel with a PTFE head gasket) equipped with glass liner and magnetic stirrer. The autoclave was closed, removed from the glovebox, connected to a hydrogen tank (the line was vented with molecular hydrogen three times). Hydrogen was initially introduced into the autoclave at a pressure of ~5 bar, before being reduced to ~1 bar by carefully releasing the stop valve (3 times) and finally pressurized to 25 bar. The temperature was gently increased to 40 °C and monitored via a 4838 Parr Temperature Controller. Observed stability and accuracy was ±2 °C. In 30 min, the reactor was moved into a precooled water bath (0 °C) for 5 min and then depressurized. The neat reaction mixture from the liner was then directly analyzed by 1H and 19F NMR spectroscopy without lock. The balance of material present was unreacted 2,2,2-trifluoroacetophenone (19F).
[0274] Example 11.1. Transfer Hydrogenation of 2,2,2-trifluoroacetophenone (Scheme 17).
Figure imgf000119_0001
Scheme 17.
[0275] Under argon, to a mixture of complex N-l (2.7 mg) in 2.5 ml of formic acid- triethyl amine (5:2 azeotropic mixture, Sigma Aldrich, CAS Number 15077-13-1) was added 2,2,2-trifluoroacetophenone (5 mmol, 700 mkl) over microsyringe. The solution was stirred for 1 week (the vial was periodically opened under argon to decrease pressure due to C02 evolution) at room temperature and measured. Full (100%) conversion was observed by NMR spectroscopy.
[0276] Although the present invention has been described with reference to specific details, it is not intended that such details should be regarded as limitations upon the scope of the invention, except as and to the extent that they are included in the accompanying claims. As those skilled in the art will appreciate, numerous modifications and variations of the present invention are possible in light of these teachings, and all such are contemplated hereby. For example, in addition to the embodiments described herein, the present invention contemplates and claims those inventions resulting from the combination of features of the invention cited herein and those of the cited prior art references which complement the features of the present invention. Similarly, it will be appreciated that any described material, feature, or article may be used in combination with any other material, feature, or article, and such combinations are considered within the scope of this invention.
[0277] The disclosures of each patent, patent application, and publication cited or described in this document are hereby incorporated herein by reference, each in its entirety, for all purposes.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A ligand having a structure of Formula (I), Formula (II), Formula (III), or Formula (IV):
Figure imgf000121_0001
Ri is independently at each occurrence optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, C3_6 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted arylalkyl;
R2, R3, and R4 are independently at each occurrence H, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, C3_6 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted arylalkyl;
R5 is independently at each occurrence optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, C3_6 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted arylalkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or optionally substituted aryloxy; m is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
n is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
q is 1, 2, 3, or 4; and z is 0 or 1 ;
provided that the ligand is not
Figure imgf000122_0001
2. A ligand having a structure of Formula (V), Formula (VI), Formula (VII), Formula (VIII), Formula (IX), Formula (X):
Figure imgf000122_0002
or an achiral isomer, enantiomer, diasteriomer, isomeric mixture, and/or salt thereof, wherein Ri, R2, R5, n, and z are as defined in claim 1;
Rs is H, -(CH2)n-S-Ri or -(CH2)n-(2-thiophenyl) or -(CH2)n-P(0)z(R5)2; and R7 and Rg are independently H, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl, or optionally substituted arylalkyl, or together with the carbons to which they are bound form a 5-7 membered cyclic or heterocyclic ring, provided that only one of R7 and Rs is H .
3. The ligand of claim 2, wherein R7 and Rs, together with the carbons to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, [l,4]dioxanyl, or
4. The ligand of claim 1 or 2, wherein Ri is methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, 1 -butyl, 2-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, benzyl (-Bn), or phenyl (-Ph).
5. The ligand of claim 1 or 2, wherein R2 is H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, 1- butyl, 2-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, benzyl (-Bn), or phenyl (-Ph).
6. The ligand of claim 1 or 2, wherein R2 is H.
7. The ligand of claim 1 or 2, wherein R2 is not H.
8. The ligand of claim 1 , wherein R3 is independently methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, 1 -butyl, 2-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, benzyl (-Bn), or phenyl (-Ph);
9. The ligand of claim 1 or 2, where R5 is phenyl.
10. The ligand of claim 1 or 2, wherein E is oxadolidinyl, morpholinyl, imidazolidinyl, N- methyl-imidazolidinyl, piperazinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, aziridinyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, dimethylamino, diethylamino, or ethylmethylamino, diarylphosphine or diarylphosphine oxide, dialkylphosphme or dialkylphosphme oxide, alkylarylphosphine or alkylarylphosphine oxide, diarylphosphite or diarylphosphate, dialkylphosphite or
dialkylphosphate, or alkylarylphosphite or alkylarylphosphate.
11. The ligand of claim 1 or 2, wherein m and n are 1.
12. The ligand of claim 11, wherein Ri is methyl or benzyl.
13. The ligand of claim 1 or 2, wherein m is 2, 3, 4, or 5 and n is 1.
14. The ligand of claim 1 or 2, wherein m and n are independently 2, 3, 4, or 5.
15. The ligand of claim 1 having a structure of Formula (IV).
16. The ligand of claim 1 having a structure of Formula (IV), wherein n is 2.
17. The ligand of claim 1 having a structure of:
Figure imgf000124_0001
18. A coordination complex comprising a ligand coordinated to at least one transition metal, wherein ligand is at least one of Formulae (I) to (IV) of claim 1.
19. A coordination complex comprising a ligand coordinated to at least one transition metal, wherein the ligand has a structure of Formulae (V) to (X) of claim 2.
20. The coordination complex of claim 18 or 19, wherein the transition metal comprises at least one of the Group 4 to Group 12 transition metals.
21. The coordination complex of claim 18 or 19, wherein the transition metal comprises at least one of Ti, V, Zr, Hf, Cr, Mo, W, Mn, Re, Fe, Ru, Os, Co, Rh, Ir, Ni, Pd, Pt, Cu, Ag, Au, or Zn.
22. The coordination complex of claim 18 or 19, wherein the transition metal is ruthenium or iridium.
23. The coordination complex of claim 22, wherein the transition metal is ruthenium, the complex having an empirical formula Ru(NNS)XiX2L, Ru(NNS)XiX2L, Ru[P(0)NS]XiX2L, Ru(SNNS)XiX2L, or Ru[SNNP(0)]XiX2L, wherein
NNS, P(0)NS, SNNS, or SNNP(O) is an NNS-type, P(0)NS-type, SNNS-type, or SNNP(0)-type ligand, respectively;
Xi and X2 are independently formally anionic ligands;
Xi and X2 are independently formally anionic ligands; and
L is absent or a neutral ligand.
24. The coordination complex of claim 22, wherein the transition metal is iridium, the complex having an empirical formula Ir(NNS)XiL, Ir(NNS)XiL, Ir[P(0)NS]XiL,
Ir(SNNS)XiL, or Ir[SNNP(0)]XiL, wherein
NNS, P(0)NS, SNNS, or SNNP(O) is an NNS-type, P(0)NS-type, SNNS-type, or SNNP(0)-type ligand, respectively;
Xi is a formally anionic ligand; and
L is a neutral ligand.
25. The coordination complex of claim 23 or 24, wherein Xi and X2 are independently optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted aryloxy, optionally fluorinated carboxylato, halo (including fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo), hydrido, hydroxy, NO, OTf (triflate), OTs (tosylate), phosphate, or BH4.
26. The coordination complex of claim 23 or 24, wherein at least one of Xi and X2 is chloro.
27. The coordination complex of claim 23 or 24, wherein L is absent or a nitrile, an amine, carbonyl, an ether, a phosphine, a phosphine oxide, a phosphite, or a sulfoxide.
28. The coordination complex of claim 23 or 24, wherein L is -S(=0)(CH3)2, CO, or - PPh3, -PCy3, -PMe3, -PfPr3 -P'Bu3, or -PPh3.
29. The coordination complex of claim 29, wherein the complex is a dinuclear complex of ruthenium.
30. The coordination complex of claim 24, wherein L is an olefin.
31. The coordination complex of claim 30, wherein L is cyclooctene.
32. An oxidative addition product of the coordination complex complex of claim 23 or 24.
33. The oxidative addition product of claim 32, derived from the addition of H2, dihalogen, hydrogen carboxylate, hydrogen halide, alkyl halide to a corresponding coordination complex.
34. The coordination complex of claim 18 or 19, characterized as having a structure of any one of the compounds of FIG. 3 A, FIG. 3B, or FIGs. 4-8, or an isomer or tautomer thereof.
35. A method comprising reacting an organic substrate having at least one unsaturated >C=C< (alkenyl), -C≡C- (alkynyl), >C=0, >C=N- -C≡N, -N=0, or -N=N- (azo) bond with dihydrogen in the presence of a catalyst under reaction conditions sufficient to reduce the unsaturated bond by the addition of dihydrogen across the unsaturated bond, the catalyst being or being derived in situ from a coordination complex of any one of claims 18 to 34 under the reaction conditions.
36. A method comprising reacting an organic substrate having at least one unsaturated >C=C< (alkenyl), -C≡C- (alkynyl), >C=0, >C=N- -C≡N, -N=0, or -N=N- (azo) bond with isopropanol, formic acid-triethyl amine azeotropic mizture in the presence of a catalyst under reaction conditions sufficient to reduce the unsaturated bond by the addition of dihydrogen across the unsaturated bond, the catalyst being or being derived in situ from a coordination complex of any one of claims 18 to 34 under the reaction conditions.
37. The method of claim 35 or 36, wherein the unsaturated bond is carbonyl or imine double bond.
38. The method of any one of claims 35 or 36, wherein the organic substrate having the unsaturated C=C, C=0, or C=N bond comprises a ketone, an imine, an imide, a carboxylic acid, an acid anhydride, an ester, an amide (carboxamide), a carbonic anhydride ester
(carbonate), a carbamic acid ester (carbamate), or a urea functional group.
39. A method comprising reacting carbon dioxide substrate with dihydrogen in the presence of a catalyst, the catalyst comprising a coordination complex of claim 18 or 19, under reaction conditions sufficient to reduce the carbon dioxide by the addition of dihydrogen thereto.
40. The method of any one of claims 35 or 36, wherein the conditions sufficient to reduce the carbon dioxide or the unsaturated bond comprise reacting the substrate, the catalyst, and the dihydrogen in the presence of a solvent and and a strong base.
41. The method of claim 40, wherein the strong base is an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal alkoxide.
42. A method comprising reacting a primary or secondary alcohol (including but not limited to methanol, ethanol, propanol, or isopropanol) in the presence of a catalyst under reaction conditions sufficient to dehydrogenate the primary or secondary alcohol, the catalyst comprising a coordination complex of claim 18 or 19 or derived in situ from the presence of coordination complex of any one of claim 18 or 19 under the reaction conditions.
43. A method comprising reacting a primary or secondary alcohol in the presence of a catalyst under reaction conditions sufficient to dehydrogenate the primary or secondary alcohol, the catalyst comprising a coordination complex of claim 18 or 19 or derived in situ from the presence of coordination complex of claim 18 or 19 under the reaction conditions.
44. A method comprising reacting an alkene substrate and appropriate reactant (as is known in the art), in the presence of a catalyst, under reaction conditions sufficient to form a cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl) or aziridine moiety, the catalyst comprising a coordination complex of claim 18 or 19 or derived in situ from the presence of coordination complex of claim 18 or 19 under the reaction conditions.
[0278] Embodiment 45. A method comprising reacting a nitrile, a borane, or an aliphatic alcohol, in the presence of a catalyst, under reaction conditions sufficient to hydrate the nitrile, solvate the borane, or aminate the alcohol, respectively, the catalyst comprising a coordination complex of claim 18 or 19 or derived in situ from the presence of coordination complex of claim 18 or 19 under the reaction conditions.
PCT/US2015/034793 2014-06-09 2015-06-09 Polydentate ligands and their complexes for molecular catalysis Ceased WO2015191505A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US15/375,055 US10550139B2 (en) 2014-06-09 2016-12-09 Polydentate ligands and their complexes for molecular catalysis

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201462009483P 2014-06-09 2014-06-09
US62/009,483 2014-06-09
US201562118386P 2015-02-19 2015-02-19
US62/118,386 2015-02-19
US201562130977P 2015-03-10 2015-03-10
US62/130,977 2015-03-10
US201562136085P 2015-03-20 2015-03-20
US62/136,085 2015-03-20

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/375,055 Continuation-In-Part US10550139B2 (en) 2014-06-09 2016-12-09 Polydentate ligands and their complexes for molecular catalysis

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015191505A1 true WO2015191505A1 (en) 2015-12-17

Family

ID=54834158

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2015/034793 Ceased WO2015191505A1 (en) 2014-06-09 2015-06-09 Polydentate ligands and their complexes for molecular catalysis

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2015191505A1 (en)

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109195935A (en) * 2016-05-13 2019-01-11 帝斯曼知识产权资产管理有限公司 The selective reduction of aldehyde and ketone
CN109705168A (en) * 2019-01-16 2019-05-03 云南师范大学 A kind of binuclear nickel coordination compound and its preparation method and application
JP2019516676A (en) * 2016-05-13 2019-06-20 ディーエスエム アイピー アセッツ ビー.ブイ.Dsm Ip Assets B.V. Selective reduction of esters to alcohols
CN110227464A (en) * 2019-06-06 2019-09-13 中南民族大学 A kind of method that the preparation method and applications of nickel-base catalyst prepare imine compound in nitrile and aminated compounds
US10550139B2 (en) 2014-06-09 2020-02-04 Triad National Security, Llc Polydentate ligands and their complexes for molecular catalysis
WO2020050271A1 (en) * 2018-09-04 2020-03-12 高砂香料工業株式会社 Tetradentate diaminodiphosphine ligand and transition metal complex, and method for manufacturing same and application for same
JPWO2020213470A1 (en) * 2019-04-17 2020-10-22
JPWO2020032131A1 (en) * 2018-08-09 2021-08-26 株式会社Adeka Methods for producing compounds, thiol generators, compositions, cured products and cured products
US11370736B2 (en) 2019-04-01 2022-06-28 Triad National Security, Llc Synthesis of fluoro hemiacetals via transition metal-catalyzed fluoro ester and carboxamide hydrogenation
JP2025041751A (en) * 2020-08-13 2025-03-26 レール・リキード-ソシエテ・アノニム・プール・レテュード・エ・レクスプロワタシオン・デ・プロセデ・ジョルジュ・クロード Monosubstituted cyclopentadienes and metal cyclopentadienyl complexes and methods for their synthesis

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001083436A2 (en) * 2000-04-28 2001-11-08 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Small technetium-99m and rhenium labeled agents and methods for imaging tumors
US20070149575A1 (en) * 2004-03-24 2007-06-28 Stefan Schnatterer 5-Aminoalkylpyrazole derivatives as pesticidal agents
WO2012048646A1 (en) * 2010-10-15 2012-04-19 中国科学院上海有机化学研究所 New chromium catalyst and use thereof in catalyzing oligomerization and polymerization of alkenes
US20130171067A1 (en) * 2010-11-24 2013-07-04 Pierre Fabre Medicament TECHNETIUM-99m COMPLEX AS A TOOL FOR THE IN VIVO DIAGNOSIS OF CANCEROUS TUMOURS

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001083436A2 (en) * 2000-04-28 2001-11-08 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Small technetium-99m and rhenium labeled agents and methods for imaging tumors
US20070149575A1 (en) * 2004-03-24 2007-06-28 Stefan Schnatterer 5-Aminoalkylpyrazole derivatives as pesticidal agents
WO2012048646A1 (en) * 2010-10-15 2012-04-19 中国科学院上海有机化学研究所 New chromium catalyst and use thereof in catalyzing oligomerization and polymerization of alkenes
US20130171067A1 (en) * 2010-11-24 2013-07-04 Pierre Fabre Medicament TECHNETIUM-99m COMPLEX AS A TOOL FOR THE IN VIVO DIAGNOSIS OF CANCEROUS TUMOURS

Non-Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
COMBARIZ ET AL.: "The utility of ion-molecule reactions in a quadrupole ion trap mass spectrometer for analyzing metal.", ANALYTICA CHIMICA ACTA, vol. 496, 2003, pages 233 - 248, XP055243279, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/SO003267003010031> [retrieved on 20150806] *
HUANG ET AL.: "Studies on tetranuclear copper (II) complexes of a macrocyclic ligand bearing 2-thiophenoethylamine pendant arms.", JOUMAL OF MOLECULAR STRUCTURE, vol. 983, 2010, pages 186 - 193, XP027430418, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0022286010007234> [retrieved on 20150806] *
REY ET AL.: "Synthesis and Characterization of Mixed-Ligand Oxorhenium Complexes with the SNN Type of Ligand.", ISOLATION OF A NOVEL REO[SN][S][S] COMPLEX. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY, vol. 39, 2000, pages 4211 - 4218, XP055243280, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/ic991491v> [retrieved on 20150806] *
ZHANG ET AL.: "Asymmetric transfer hydrogenation of aromatic ketones with chiral diamino-thiophene/iridium catalyst systems.", JOURNAL OF MOLECULAR CATALYSIS:A CHEMICAL, vol. 307, 2009, pages 149 - 153, XP026211496, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1381116909001460> [retrieved on 20150806] *

Cited By (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10550139B2 (en) 2014-06-09 2020-02-04 Triad National Security, Llc Polydentate ligands and their complexes for molecular catalysis
CN109195935A (en) * 2016-05-13 2019-01-11 帝斯曼知识产权资产管理有限公司 The selective reduction of aldehyde and ketone
JP2019516676A (en) * 2016-05-13 2019-06-20 ディーエスエム アイピー アセッツ ビー.ブイ.Dsm Ip Assets B.V. Selective reduction of esters to alcohols
JP2019521954A (en) * 2016-05-13 2019-08-08 ディーエスエム アイピー アセッツ ビー.ブイ.Dsm Ip Assets B.V. Selective reduction of aldehydes and ketones
JPWO2020032131A1 (en) * 2018-08-09 2021-08-26 株式会社Adeka Methods for producing compounds, thiol generators, compositions, cured products and cured products
JP7422076B2 (en) 2018-08-09 2024-01-25 株式会社Adeka Compound, thiol generator, composition, cured product, and method for producing cured product
JP7369700B2 (en) 2018-09-04 2023-10-26 高砂香料工業株式会社 Tetradentate diaminodiphosphine ligands, transition metal complexes, their production methods, and their uses
CN112654630B (en) * 2018-09-04 2024-05-24 高砂香料工业株式会社 Tetradentate diaminodiphosphine ligand, transition metal complex, and methods for producing the same and uses thereof
US12012426B2 (en) 2018-09-04 2024-06-18 Takasago International Corporation Tetradentate diaminodiphosphine ligand and transition metal complex, and method for manufacturing same and application for same
CN112654630A (en) * 2018-09-04 2021-04-13 高砂香料工业株式会社 Tetradentate diamino diphosphine ligand, transition metal complex, their production method and use
WO2020050271A1 (en) * 2018-09-04 2020-03-12 高砂香料工業株式会社 Tetradentate diaminodiphosphine ligand and transition metal complex, and method for manufacturing same and application for same
JPWO2020050271A1 (en) * 2018-09-04 2021-09-16 高砂香料工業株式会社 4-dentate diaminodiphosphane ligands, transition metal complexes, methods for producing them, and their uses
US11639362B2 (en) 2018-09-04 2023-05-02 Takasago International Corporation Tetradentate diaminodiphosphine ligand and transition metal complex, and method for manufacturing same and application for same
CN109705168A (en) * 2019-01-16 2019-05-03 云南师范大学 A kind of binuclear nickel coordination compound and its preparation method and application
CN109705168B (en) * 2019-01-16 2021-02-05 云南师范大学 Binuclear nickel coordination compound and preparation method and application thereof
US11370736B2 (en) 2019-04-01 2022-06-28 Triad National Security, Llc Synthesis of fluoro hemiacetals via transition metal-catalyzed fluoro ester and carboxamide hydrogenation
JPWO2020213470A1 (en) * 2019-04-17 2020-10-22
JP7568617B2 (en) 2019-04-17 2024-10-16 大阪ガスケミカル株式会社 Dicarboxylic acids, their production method and use
CN110227464A (en) * 2019-06-06 2019-09-13 中南民族大学 A kind of method that the preparation method and applications of nickel-base catalyst prepare imine compound in nitrile and aminated compounds
JP2025041751A (en) * 2020-08-13 2025-03-26 レール・リキード-ソシエテ・アノニム・プール・レテュード・エ・レクスプロワタシオン・デ・プロセデ・ジョルジュ・クロード Monosubstituted cyclopentadienes and metal cyclopentadienyl complexes and methods for their synthesis

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2015191505A1 (en) Polydentate ligands and their complexes for molecular catalysis
US10550139B2 (en) Polydentate ligands and their complexes for molecular catalysis
EP2294075B1 (en) Novel ruthenium complexes having hybrid amine ligands, their preparation and use
JP7308864B2 (en) Manganese-catalyzed hydrogenation of esters
US7153809B2 (en) P-chiral phospholanes and phosphocyclic compounds and their use in asymmetric catalytic reactions
JP6254811B2 (en) Organometallic compound having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic carbene ligand, catalyst containing the same, and method for producing amine compound
EP3710422A1 (en) Process for the preparation of enantiomerically and diastereomerically enriched cyclobutane amines and amides
CA2414049A1 (en) Ruthenium-diphosphine complexes and their use as catalysts
SG174536A1 (en) Process for the preparation of propionic acid derivatives
JP2006508161A (en) Catalytic hydrogenation of carbon-heteroatom double bonds
EP1849792A1 (en) Biphosphine ruthenium complexes with chiral diamine ligands as catalysts
WO2012137460A1 (en) Novel ruthenium complex and process for producing optically active alcohol compound using same as catalyst
KR20090091326A (en) Catalytic Asymmetric Hydrogenation Method
WO2016128997A1 (en) Phenanthroline based pincer complexes useful as catalysts for the preparation of methanol from carbondioxide
Chen et al. Chiral cyclopalladated complex promoted asymmetric synthesis of diester-substituted P, N-ligands via stepwise hydrophosphination and hydroamination reactions
Réthoré et al. Tetrathiafulvalene–oxazoline ligands in the iridium catalyzed enantioselective hydrogenation of arylimines
JP2021514933A (en) Hydrogenation of imine in RU complex
EP3016961B1 (en) Novel ruthenium catalysts and their use for asymmetric reduction of ketones
EP2585452B1 (en) Process for the preparation of propionic acid derivatives
EP2623509A1 (en) Method of producing an optically active amine compound by catalytic asymmetric hydrogenation using a ruthenium-diphosphine complex
JP7645811B2 (en) Hydrogenation of imines using RU complexes
US9340519B2 (en) Paracyclophane-based ligands, their preparation and use in catalysis
CN105143239B (en) Method for the diastereoselective preparation of ruthenium complexes
WO2010115903A1 (en) Cyclic imidate ligands
EP3411346B1 (en) Dicarbonyl ruthenium and osmium catalysts

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15807130

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15807130

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1